EPA-R4-73-023g
September 1973
Environmental Monitoring Series
Reviews of Current  Literature
on  Analytical  Methodology
and Quality  Control
          No. 20
                            Office of Research and Monitoring
                            U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
                            Washington, D. C. 20460

-------
                                      NOTICE
          This bulletin is prepared monthly by the staff of the Analytical
Methodology Information Center (AMIC),  Information Systems Department, Battelle,
Columbus Laboratories, Columbus, Ohio,  under EPA Contract No. 68-01-1832,
to inform personnel of the Analytical Quality Control Laboratory and other
segments of the National Analytical Methods Development Research Program of
recent publications on methodology.  Personnel associated with the center are
Mr, Ralph Darby, Project Director, Mr.  Robert Little, Project Leader, and
Miss Verna Holoman, Abstractor.

          The 3" x 5" format of the citations and use of card stock is intended
to facilitate removal and filing of items of interest.  Because of space limi-
tations, the index terms accompanying the citations are selected from a complete
list as representative of the important concepts presented in each article.

          Comments and suggestions regarding the content of the "Reviews" or
requests from EPA personnel to be placed on the mailing list should be directed
to the Project Officer:

                          Mr.  Luther Garrett
                          Data and Information Division
                          Office of Research and Development
                          Environmental Protection Agency
                          404 M Street, S.W.
                          Washington, B.C.   20024

-------
        REVIEWS OF CURRENT LITERATURE ON

   ANALYTICAL METHODOLOGY AND QUALITY CONTROL

                    No. 20
                      By

Analytical Methodology Information Center (AMIC)
        Information Systems Department
          Battelle Memorial Institute
   505 King Avenue, Columbus, Ohio  43201

           Contract No. 68-01-1832
                 Prepared for
      OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND MONITORING
    U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
           WASHINGTON, D.C.   20460

-------
             NATIONAL ANALYTICAL METHODS DEVELOPMENT RESEARCH PROGRAM
                       ANALYTICAL QUALITY CONTROL LABORATORY
                         REVIEWS OF CURRENT LITERATURE ON
                    ANALYTICAL METHODOLOGY AND QUALITY CONTROL


No. 20                                                              September,  1973


Arrangement of the citations following the major research areas of the Analytical
Quality Control Laboratory and other segments of the National Analytical Methods
Development Research Program.  Items which apply to more than one area are cross-
referenced.


                                     CONTENTS
1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS                                       Pa8e 1-29

    Scope:  Wet chemical methods; Nutrients; NTA; Trace metals; Helium glow;
    Chromatography (thin layer, gas, liquid); Spectroscopy (atomic absorption;
    flame emission, arc-spark, visible, UV, IR, fluorescent); Radiochemistry;
    Automation of methods; Ion-specific and other probes; Mass spectrometry;
    Mass spectra; NMR; Instrument-computer interface; Chlorinated hydrocarbons
    (pesticides, PCB's, other); Trace organics; Petroleum processes (reforming,
    hydroforming, platforming, catalysts); Petroleum additives; Reduced crudes;
    Sulfur isotopes; Boiling range determination; Asphatenes and carboids;
    Weathering; Organometallics; Elemental analysis; Paraffinic distribution;
    Petroleum wastes; Water quality standards; Effluent monitoring.


2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS                                                  Page 30-47

    Scope;  Plankton; Periphyton; Macrophyton; Macroinvertebrates; Fish;
    Sample collection (grab samplers, artificial substrates); Sample
    processing (preservation, staining, automatic and manual sorting and
    counting); Organisms identification (taxonomic keys, optical and electron
    microscopy, gas Chromatography, electrophoresis, karyosystematics); Biomass
    measurements (drying, freeze-drying, ashing, ATP, DNA, chlorophyll measure-
    ment, calorimetry); Metabolic rates (primary productivity, respiration,
    electron transport, nitrogen fixation); Culturing; Biomonitoring;  Bioassay;
    Bioaccumulation of hazardous materials; Community structure  (indicator
    organisms, species diversity, community stability);  Mathematical models;
    Statistical analysis.

-------
3.  MICROBIOLOGICAL METHODS                                            Page 48-56

    Scope:  Pollution indicators; Waterborne pathogens; Sampling; Detection;
    Identification; Enumeration; Monitoring; Survival; Automation; Instrumenta-
    tion; Cell counting; Selective and differential media;  Growth factors;
    Metabolic products; Membrane filter procedures; Microbiological standards;
    Specific bacteriophage; Fluorescent antibody techniques; Radioactive
    tracers; Antigen identification; Photomicroscopy; Optical measurements;
    Data handling, presentation, and interpretation.


4.  METHODS AND PERFORMANCE EVALUATION                                 Page 57

    Scope;  Collaborative testing; Laboratory and analyst performance evaluation;
    Inter- and intralaboratory quality control; Evaluation of laboratory equip-
    ment; Statistical treatment of analytical data; Experimental design.


5.  INSTRUMENT DEVELOPMENT                                             Page 53-61

    Scope;  Intake systems (methods of sampling, connecting lines, wells, motors,
    pumps, mode of operation); Sensors (electro-chemical, electro-biological,
    thermodynamic, mechanical, optical, nuclear); Analyzers (analog and digital
    amplifiers, output displays); Recording systems (telemetry, data logging,
    digital data processors).
                                         ii

-------
                                                                           I.  FffiSICAL AND CHEMICAL METIODS
  AMIC-%63
  "EFFECTS 0? ARTIFICIAL AERATIOH OH THE CHEMISTRY AKD AIXSAE OF TWO MICHIGAN LAKES",
  Fast, A.  W., HOBS, B.,  Wetiel,  F.  G.,  Water Resources Research. Vol. 9, No. 3, June 1973,
  pp 62tt-61*7.

             In order to determine the effect of artificial  aeration  In lakes, an
  unproductive hard nater lake (Section  Four lake)  and an eutrophlc lAke (Hemlock Lake)
  were artlflcaUy aerated using  compressed air.   Section Four Lake was completely mixed
  whereas Hemlock  Lake had Its hypollmiion aerated but thermal stratification maintained.
 Water samples were collected with  a PVC Van Doro sampler and determinations vere Bade
  for dissolved oxygen, carbon dioxide,  pH, total alkalinity,  conductivity, total dissolved
  organic Carbon,  total partlculat*  organic carbon, Ca, Mg,  K,  and Ha.  Total carbon
  content of the sediment was  also measured.  Foam samples were analyzed for total P,
  V, and Hg.   Primary productivity estimates were made, and  phjrtoplanlrton and perlphyton
  samples were analyzed.   Chemical and algal changes In Section Four Lake during
  destn.tlflca.tlon were not great.   Although phytoplanktonlc production potentials
  increased during mixing, tbe phytoplankton standing  crop appeared to decline slightly,
 possibly  due to  the Increased mixing depth and turbidity.  Hemlock Lake hypolimnetlc
 anoxia and conditions associated with  It  were eliminated during aeration.  The lake
 gradually destratlfled during aeration due to leaks in the aeration tower.  These leaks
 also released nutrient rich water  into the epilionion, which promoted algal growth.

 ISDEX TERH5:  Primary productivity, Water chemistry, Aquatic algae, Environmental
       effects. Water properties. Mixing,  Rutrlents, fhytoplanlcton, Perlphyton, Water
       analysis, Thermal stratification, Destratificatlon, Artificial aeration. Section
       Pour take,  Hemlock Lake.
AMic-8333
 "BOHPOIirr RURAL SOURCES OF WATER POLLUTION", Lin, S., Illinois State Water Survey,
Urbarn,  Illinois, Report Wo. ISWE*72 CIKU1, 1972, 38 pp.  KTIS Report Ifo. PB-21^ 508.

           * literature survey was made to gather information for defining the quantity
and characteristics of nonpolnt water pollution sources fron rural areas.   Major
constituents of such pollution include fertilizers, pesticides, erosion and sediments,
aad animal wastes.  Studies showed that nitrogen and phosphorus from surface runoff and
subsurface drainage are often greater in concentration than that from sewage effluents.
Pesticides are only slightly soluble in water,  and about 5 percent of that applied
may enter waterways through surface runoff and erosion.   Soil erosion and  nutrient
losses can be minimized by conservation measures and proper fertilizer application.
With the exception of sediment transport, farm animal wastes can be the most serious
sources of pollution from farm lands.   Tta effluent quality of current animal waate
treatment processes is substantially lese than that achievable for domestic sewage.
Conventional sewage treatment processes cannot be directly applied to snlmnl  wastes.
Research on the handling,  treatment, and disposal of animal wastes is woefully lacking.

IBEEX TEISC:  Water pollution sources.  Farm wastes,  Agricultural runoff, Reviews,
      Nitrogen, Phosphorus,  Pesticides,  Fertilizers,  Erosion,  Sedimentation.
 A MIC-Gen
I "FHoroiEcoMpcemoic OF TBE HERBICIDE KETHAZOIZ", ivie, c. v.. Borough, w., cardona,  R.  A.,
 Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. Vol. 21, Ho. 3, May /June 1973, pp 386-391.

|            Exposure of methazole (2-(3,U-di
-------
                                                                           1.   PHYSICAL  AND CHEMICAL METHODS
 AMC-9U32
 "THE EFFECT OF LONGITUDINAL DISPERSION OH THE DEOXTGEItATIOH BATE IN PQLLU1ED STFBM6",
 Nejedly,  A., Journal Hater Pollution Control Federation.  Vol.  1*5,  No.  7,  July
 1973, pp 1601-1605.

            Two polluted rivers in Czechoslovakia,  River Rolava and Fiver  Berounka, for
 which data on stream and laboratory  deoxygenatlon  coefficients vere available, were
 Investigated In an attempt to discover the cause of discrepancy between stream and
 laboratory values of deoxygeration coefficient*.   The ratios ot stream and laboratory
 values were compared with the coefficients of longitudinal dispersion  which were
 determined by tracer studies.   The study showed that stream values of  the deaxygenation
 coefficient vere consistently higher than laboratory values with ratios as high as 30.
 Further,  the ratio was  directly proportional to the coefficient of longitudinal
 dispersion.   A general  expression was developed which describes the relationship
 between the ratio of the stream value of the deoxygenation coefficient at an
 arbitrary temperature versus Its  laboratory value  at 20 C  and  the  value of the
 coefficient of longitudinal dispersion.   Tentative values  for  constants used  in the
 formula were also determined.

 INDEX  TERMS:   Equations,  Dispersion,  Biochemical oxygen demand,  Deoxygenatlon.
 AMIC-8>»70
 "COMP06ITIOIIAL STUDIES OF A HIGH-BOI1IHG 370-535 C DISTILLATE FROM PKUDHOE BAY, ALASKA,
 CRUDE  OIL", Cdenan, H. J., Dooley, J. E., Hlrsch, D. E., Thompson, C.  J., Analytical
 Chemistry. Vol. 1*5, Ho. 9, August 1973, PP 172>*-1737.


 Alaska, crude oil as determined by the Bureau of Mines routine method of analysis,  this
 paper  presents a comprehensive analytical characterisation of a high-polling 370-535 C
 distillate.  Following distillate preparation by several distillation steps in special
 distillation equipoent, careful separating procedures with Ion-exchange resins,
 coordination-complex formation of neutral nitrogen compounds vlth ferric chloride,  and
 dual silica-alumina, gel adsorption provided suitable concentrate fractions for further
 study.  Subdivision of aromatics into three major aromatic types-monoaromatlcs,
 dlaromatics, and polyarcmatlco-polar-grently simplified subsequent separation and
 characterization studies.   Monoaromatic,  dlaromatlc,  and polyarcmatic-polar concentrates
 combined represent a large portion (1*5,5  percent) of the 370-535 C boiling range
 distillate of the Prudhoe Bay, Alaska, crude oil, the importance of which Justified
 detailed determinations of the number of  rings Involved, the relative aromatlcity,  and
 the degree of condensation of aromatic, naphthene,  or heterocycllc rings.   Further
 analytical separations by  GPC, followed by  determination of mass and NMR spectral date
 on the resulting GPC subtractions,  provided a basis for determining a much  more intel-
 ligible and reasonable understanding of compound type distributions for this specific
high-boiling 370-535 C Prudhoe Bay,  Alaska,  crude oil distillate.   The  end  result Is a
 scheme of sample  preparation,  analysis, and characterization that should be applicable to
 similar high-boiling distillates from other crude oils and of value to  the  petroleum
 Industry in studies related to the  origin of petroleum as well as its production.
A MIC-8U31*
'BEHAVIOR OF WATER  IB A SCCUWESTSRS iMpouimeur", Kiehr, E. H., Oklahoma state
University,  Oklahoma Water Resources Research Institute, Stillwater, Oklahoma,
Technical Completion Report, Contract Bo. DI-llu31-0001-3836, 1972, M pp.  HTIS
Report No. FB-21U 1*78.

           The water, sediment, and  effluent  of lake Taunderbird (Oklahoma) and its
watershed were analyzed to gain a better understanding of the behavior of water In the
impoundment.  Water was monitored for temperature, total dissolved solids, turbidity,
pH, DO, chlorides,  alkalinity, hardness, sulfates, Fe, Mn, ammonia, nitrites, nitrates,
orthophosphates, total phosphates, BOD, COD,  conform*, and sooplankton.  Standard
methods were generally used.  Sediments were  analyzed for particle Biz*.  To study
the effect of Impoundment on water quality, model systems consisting of columns filled
vrlth watershed eoil were set up.  Distilled water was allowed to run through the
columns and collected for analysis.   In part  of the studies, the water was collected
in an amwlum containing sediment from the impoundment.  At specified intervals
over a total period of U50 days, the percolated water van analyzed and the results
c^arrtirtth^ose for Lake Thinderbird.  Results from the first 250 day. Indicate*
tbatthe model reached steady-state  and produced water remarkably sliiilar to the lake
water In terms of quality.  Furthemore, the  column was capable of supplying cheaieal
and biological constltuenta over relatively long periods of time.  From 25O-1*5O days,
pH, alkalinity, total hardness, Fe,  Mn, total phosphate, and dissolved orthophosphate
all changed In a pattern consistent  with the  change in dissolved (oygen and associated
biological changes. Indicating that  steady state conditions could be «alntained over
long periods of time.
IIO£X OEWe:  Model studies. Water quality. Path  of pollutants. Nutrients.
AMIC-8J*70 (Continued)                                                    Card Z/2

processing, storage, and usability.   (Reprinted from Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 1*5, No.
9, August 1973,  PP 172U-1737.   Copyright  1973 by the American Chemical Society.
Reprinted by permission of the copyright  owner.)

INDEX TEFI6:  Chemical analysis,  Methodology, Pollutant  identification, Chemical
      composition. Crude oil.  Petroleum distillates, Boiling point, Prudhoe Bay,
      Oil characterization, Aromatic  hydrocarbons.

-------
                                                                           1.   PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHOIS
 AMIC-8521
 "SEPARATION OF WAOER FKQM BIOUKICAL AMD ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLES FOB TRITIUM ANALYSIS",
 Moghissl, A. S., Bretthauer, E. W., Coapton, E. H., Analytical Chemistry.  Vol.  ^5,
 Ho. 8, July 1973, PP 1565-1566.                          	

            Azeotrqplc distillation of water using benzene has 'been tested  as a  means
 of separating water from biological and environmental samples for tritium  analysis.
 Samples or soil, animal tissue, green chop, hay, milk, and urine were prepared  using
 the technique, and the results of analyses compared with known or replicate values
 to determine accuracy and reproduciblllty.  The results were ccnparable to those for
 samples prepared by distillation under various pressures »tv< temperatures.   However,
 aceotropic distillation has the advantages of short distillation time at norm!
 pressure, does not require constant observation, and easy removal of the remaining
 sample for further processing.

 INDEX  TERMS:   Tritium,  Separation techniques, Urine, Water, Azeotrophic distillation,
       Scintillation counting. Sample preparation,  Tissue,  Green chop.
AMIC-8535
 EXHAUSTIVE CHLORINATION AS A TECHNIQUE IN THE AHAUSIS OF AROMATIC HYDROCARBOBS",
Hutzlnger,  0., Jamleson,  V.  D. J.,  Safe, S. S.. Zltko,  V.  Z.,  Journal of the Association
of Official Analytical Chemists. Vol.  56,  No.  U, July 1973, pp 9*12-986.                ~
         Perchlorinatlon reactions of aromatic compounds have been farther investigated.
The preparation and properties of decachlorodiphenyl ether and the Isoaeric «•, m-, and
p-tetradecachloroterphenyls are described.  Anthracene, as an example of a polyeyclic
aromatic hydrocarbon, gave octachloroanthraqulnone when treated with the antimony
pentachlorlde iodine reagent, but quantitative conversion to decachloroanthracene eoold
not be obtained with reagent BMC (sulfuryl chloride-aluminum chloride-sulfur
•onoehlolde).  A new reagent, trichlorosulfur tetrachloroaluminate (SCl(plus) AlClb(-)),
was shown to convert Aroclor 1254 to decachloroblphenyl.  As an application of the
percblorlnation technique It was shown that polyehlorodlbenzofurans (dlbenzofuran)
are not present at 0.5 microgram/g in samples of Halowax 101U and technical
naphthalene, respectively.  Well defined derivatives could not be obtained when
phthalate esters or 'hexabrooobiphenyl'  (flreMaster BP-6) were treated with the BMC or
SUC15-I2 reagents.

ITOEX TERMS:  Chemical analysis. Methodology, 'Pollutant identification,  Chemical
      reactions,  Organic compounds,  Chemical properties. Aromatic hydrocarbons.
      Reagents,  Perchlorinatlon reactions,  Polycycllc compounds.
 "METHANE IN LAKE KIVU:  NEW DATA BEARING OB ITS ORIGIK",  Deuser, W. G., Degens, E. T.,
 Harvey, 0. R., et al.. Science. Vol.  l8l. No.  kogk,  July  6,  1973, pp 51-5U.

          Water samples were collected at various depths from Lake Klvu, and African
 rift lake, and analyzed for methane and carbon dioxide.   The analyses Included
 preliminary shipboard analyses made with a portable  gas chroraatograph and laboratory
 analyses performed on samples  stored  for several weeks.   The total volume of methane
 In the lake vas estimated to be about 50 cu km at standard temperature and pressure.
 In an attempt to explain such  an unusual gas accumulation, additional tests were carried
 out with C-13 labeling of methane,  dissolved inorganic carbon, sedimentary organic
 natter,  and recent plankton; radioactive measurements on two mixtures of methane and
 carbon dioxide released from deepwater samples  and on organic matter of sediment
 samples) gas chromatographlc checks for methane in hot springs in the imedlate
 vicinity of the lake;  and gas  chromatographic analyses of deep water for higher
 hydrocarbons.   Using the results of these analyses, It is concluded that most of the
 methane  was formed by  bacteria from ablogenetlc carbon dioxide and hydrogen, rather
 than being of volcanic origin  or having formed from decomposing organic matter.

 INDEX  TERMS:  Water pollution  sources. Water analysis. Methane, Methane bacteria, Gas
       chronatography, Carbon dioxide,  Radioactivity techniques, Sediments,  Organic
       matter, Plankton, lake Klvu.
 AfflC-8550
 "INORGANIC AND ORGANIC  PHOSPHORUS DISTRIBUTION IN DOMESTIC AND MUNICIPAL SEWAGE",
 Huang,  P.  M.,  Hwang, C.  P., Water and Sewage Works, Vol. 120, No. 6, June 1973,
 PP ae-83.

         A domestic  sewage sample and a municipal sewage sample were examined to
 determine  the  distribution of inorganic phosphorus in different size fractions of
 sewage.  Fractionatlon was carried out by cellulose membrane filtration.  Before
 fractionation,  total P,  Inorganic and organic P content was determined in the less than
 3-olcron suspension and  In the less than 0.025-micron suspension.  The amount of total,
 Inorganic  and  organic phosphorus in sewage decreases with successive nitrations through
 different  size millipore membranes.  The percent distribution of total phosphorus in the
 greater  than Snidcron solids, 0.025-3-mlcron solids and less than 0.025-micron
 suspension of the samples ranges from 29-l*O, 5-7 and 53-66, respectively.   These
 separations roughly correspond to suspended solids, colloidal solids and dissolved
 solids.  The percent distribution of inorganic phosphorus in the respective fractions
 ranged from 19-29, 0-8 and 63-8lj that of organic phosphorus ranged from 56-72, 7-17
 and 21-2?  percent.  Inorganic phosphorus was relatively concentrated In the less than
 0.025-micron suspension, but it was also present in considerable amount in the greater
 than 3-mlcron  solids.  In contrast to Inorganic phosphorus, the content of organic
 phosphorus in the greater than 3-mlcron solids was two to more than three times higher
 than that  in the less than 0.025-mlcron suspension.  The total organic phosphorus
 removed by the  filtration with 3-mlcron and 0.025-micron membranes ranged from 73-79
 percent.
 INDEX TERMS:  Phosphorus, Domestic wastes. Municipal wastes.  Distribution,  Pollutant
	 Identification, Organic phosphorus.

-------
AMIC-8572
"ANALYSIS OF EXPLOSIVES IN SEA WATER AND IH OCEAN FLOOR SEDQEHT POD FAUHA",
Hoffscnmer, J, C., Glover, D. J., Rosen, J. M., Naval Ordnance laboratory.
White Oak, Silver Spring, Maryland, Report No. HOLTR-72 219, September 11, 1972,
19 pp.  HTIS Report No. AD-757 778.

         Sauries of seawater, sediment, and ocean bottom fauna (rat tall fish and sea
cucumbers) were collected for analysis from two sites In the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans
where surplus and obsolete munitions had been dumped.  Samples were refrigerated during
storage, then extracted with benzene and analyzed for TUT, REX, and Tetryl using a
combination thin layer and gas chromatography technique.  Aanonlum perchlorate was
measured by Its reaction with tetraphenylarsonium chloride which produced an Insoluble
perchlorate salt.  No explosive contaminants were found in any of the samples analyzed.

INDEX TERMS:  Sea water, Sediments, Marine animals, Gas chrcoatography, Chemical
      analysis, Water analysis, Marine fish, Separation techniques, Rattall flab.
      Sea cucumber.  Thin layer chronatography, Munitions,  THT,  RDX, Tetryl,
      Amnonium perchlorate.
                                                                                          AMC-8579
                                                                                          "FURTHER CHARACTERIZATION OF THE WATEB QUALITY OF THE MEW HOPE AND LOWER HAW RIVERS
                                                                                          INCLUDING BENTHIC MACROMVERTEBRATE DIVERSITY  AKD TRACE METAL ANALYSES", Weiss, C. M.,
                                                                                          Yocum, T. W., Minogue,  J. E., North Carolina University, Department of Environmental
                                                                                          Sciences and Engineering, Chapel Hill,  North Carolina, Report Nos. ESE Publication No.
                                                                                          320, UNC-WRRI-72-73, Contract No. DI-1^-31-0001,  November 1972, 191 PP.  NTIS Report
                                                                                          No. PB-217 883.

                                                                                                   Water quality  characteristics  of the  Lower Haw and Hew Hope Rivers for the
                                                                                          period January 1971 througi March 1972,  Inclusive, are described with the use of some
                                                                                          21 water quality parameters.  In addition, findings were derived from the gas
                                                                                          chronatography of freeze concentrated samples  of  river waters as well as from a study of
                                                                                          benthlc macrolnvertebratea of these rivers and control streams with specific
                                                                                          relationships of their  population characteristics.  Metal analyses of these organisms
                                                                                          and the waters from which the organisms  were obtained were also assembled.  The results
                                                                                          show that self purification continued along the main stem of the Haw River.  The control
                                                                                          streams were free of pollution and  exhibited some dilution effects on the main river.
                                                                                          The New Hope, however,  exhibited pollution up  to  its Junction with the Haw.  All
                                                                                          nonconserrative paraneters of water quality In the Haw showed a downstream sequence of
                                                                                          decrease In magnitude,  and microbiological characteristics were approximately the same as
                                                                                          those of the control streams.  Gas  chranatography of freeze concentrated samples and
                                                                                          ether extracts showed no significant peaks with flame lonizatlon or electron capture
                                                                                          detectors indicating that the  waters were free of phenols and chlorinated hydrocarbons.
                                                                                          Benthlc parameters such as diversity Index, percent pollution Intolerant taxa, and
                                                                                          number of organisms per sample were found to be directly related to DO concentration,
                                                                                          5-dsy BOD,  and mean P and B concentrations.  Atomic absorption spectroscopy of water and
AMIC.6578
"COBCENTRATION AND ANALYSIS OF PESTICIDES AND OTHER RECALCITRANT MOLECULES IN
WATER SUPPLIES BY ULTFAFILTRATION (REVERSE OSMOSIS)", Schubert, P., Edwards,
V. H., Cornell University, Water Resources and Marine Sciences Center, Ithaca,
Hew York, Technical Report Ho. l»8. Contract Ho. Dl-lfc-31-0001-3232, October 1972,
15 pp.  HTIS Report No. PB-21U 71**.

         Experiments were conducted to evaluate ultrafiltratlon or reverse osmosis as
a method for remjval of pesticides from water supplies and other aqueous solutions.
The selectivity of fire types of reverse osmosis membranes was determined for aqueous
solutions of several derivatives of 2,U-D.  Large differences were noted In the
retention properties of various commercial membranes.  At feed concentrations of 50 ppm
2,U-D, Initial retentions of the sodium salt never exceeded 65 percent and declined to
lower values ranging from 1 percent to ?1 percent after passage of a 5 cm. layer of
solution, depending on the membrane.  Adsorption to the membranes was partly responsible
for the time-variant retention in two of the commercial membranes.  Tests performed with
laboratory-prepared tri-acetate membranes and with iron ccmplexed forms of 2>-D were
also discouraging.   Therefore, it does not seem likely that ultrafiltratlon can be
used effectively as a means of complete removal or analysis of 2,UJ> and Its
derivatives in water supplies, but partial removal of pesticide residues may be a
beneficial side effect of water treatment by reverse osmosis, depending on the residue
and the membrane used.

IHDE3C TERMS:  Adsorption,  Water analysis, 2 U-D, Separation techniques. Membrane
      filters.
                                                                                         AMIC-8579 (Continued)
                                                                                                                                                                  Card 2/2
                                                                                         benthlc nacrolnvertebrates showed variations In metal concentrations in the rivers.
                                                                                         Analysis of organisms appears to provide a form of integrated screening for establishing
                                                                                         gross differences In metal concentrations In overlying waters.

                                                                                         INDEX TERMS:  Water analysis, Water quality, Nutrients, Bioindlcators, Heavy metals,
                                                                                               Benthlc fauna, Collforms, Gas ehrcmatography, Freeze concentration,  Species
                                                                                               diversity Index, Atomic absorption spectrophotometry.

-------
                                                                           1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
 AMIC-858U
 "EFFECT OF STRIP MIHIHG OH WATEB QUALITY",  Vlmmerstedt,  P.  J.,  Finney, J. H., Sutton,
 P., Ohio State University, Water Resources  Center, Columbus,  Ohio,  Project Conviction
 Report Ho. 330X, Contract Ho.  DI-lU-01 -0001-8M, January 1973,  52 pp.  HTIS Report
 Ho. PB-S17 372.

          This report deals with two separate topics, the effect of  strip-mining on
 water quality of Little Mill Creek,  Ohio, and  Infiltration  of water on strip-alne
 spoil •banks.   Chemical water quality in Little Mm Creek wan measured for 236 weeks.
 Two of four sampling points received effluent  from a coal atrip mine.  Sulfate,
 manganese,  calcium,  magnesium,  Iron,  aluminum, and hydrogen ion concentrations were
 determined.   Average concentrations  of sulfate, manganese,  magnesium, and hydrogen ion
 were higher where streamflow Included vater from the mined  area.  Duration curves
 showed high concentrations of these  elements occurred more  frequently in streamflow
 affected by strip mining.   Regressions of logarithm of streamflov on logarithm of
 chemical concentration were generally negative for weekly samples; as streamflow
 increased chemical concentration decreased.  But high flows,  sampled with a proportional
 sampler at  the point nearest the mine, had higher average concentrations than weekly
 hand samples.  Evidently the mine area of the watershed had a threshold raindrop energy
 and flow rate above which  the detachment force of raindrops aod. velocity of flowing
 water could move chemicals into and through the stream system from sources unavailable
 to  lesser storms.  Rainfall Infiltration on graded spoil banks, measured with a
 sprinkling inflltrometer,  averaged about 1.5 cm per hour.  Differences in moisture
 content, slope, bulk density, and texture of the spoil did not explain most of the
difference in Infiltration between spoils.
AMIC-858U (Continued)
Card 2/2
IKEEX TERMS:  Water quality. Chemical analysis, Strip mine wastes, Spoil banks,  Water
      pollution effects. Coal mine wastes. Water sampling. Water analysis.  Heavy metals.
      Alkaline earth metals, Hydrogen Ion concentration,  Water pollution sources.
      Statistical methods, Little Mill Creek,  Chemical concentration.  Date,
      interpretation.
                  AMC-8585
                  "BIOGEOCHEMTSTm OF SEDIMENTS OF DELAWARE BAY", Swain, P. M., University of Delaware,
                  College of Marine  Studies,  Mewarfc, Delaware, Report Hos. DEL-SG-8-72, HOAA-73022605,
                  December 1972,  W  pp.   HTIS Report Ho. COM-73-K&15.

                           Surface Bolocene sediment samples from middle Delaware Boy and cored Holocene
                  samples from lower Delaware Bay have been studied In a preliminary way for general
                  sediment characteristics, pH, Eh, organic carbon, hydrogen, carbohydrates, amlno acids,
                  hydrocarbons, chlorophyll-derived pigments, carotenold pigments, and humlc acids.
                  Samples from a  core  near Wilmington Canyon on the continental slope off Delaware Bay
                  were analyzed for  organic carbon, hydrogen, and total carbohydrates.  From the
                  distribution of organic residues In the relatively small number of sediment samples
                  analyzed it  appears  that the main reservoir of organic matter lies In the middle Bay
                  area.   This  area must supply food for benthlc organisms throughout the middle and lower
                  Bay  areas.  Widespread dredging or filling in the middle part of the Bay that would
                  prove detrimental to shell fish and game fish populations in the Bay.

                  INDEX TEEMS!  Sediments, Soil analysis, Chemical analysis. Cores, Aquatic soils.
                       Organic matter, Soil physical properties, Soil chemical properties,  Recent epoch,
                       Pleistocene epoch, Blogeochemlstry, Delaware Bay.
AMIC-8586
"WATER QUALITY CHARACTERISTICS OF STORM SEWER DISCHARGES AND COMBINED SEWER OVERFLOWS",
Kothandaraoan, V., Illinois State Water Survey, Urbaro, Illinois,  Report No.
ISWS-72-CIR109, 1972, 20 pp.  HTIS Report Ho.  PB-21U 507.

         A review is presented of case studies emphasizing water quality aspects of
storm sever discharge and combined sever overflows.   In addition,  descriptions are
Included of contributing drainage areas; storm water pollution load estimates;
mathematical models; Impact of storm runoff on receiving waters; and the methods and
estimated costs for pollution abatement.  The  Information cited should provide a basis
for developing a preliminary understanding of  the magnitude and scope of the storm water
pollution abatement endeavors.

IHDEX TEB6:  Water quality, Storm runoff,  Reviews,  Sewers,  Overflow,  Pollution
      abatement.  Mathematical models.

-------
                                                                           1.  PHYSICAL AMD CHEMICAL METHODS
 AMIC-6586
 'VATER QUALITY OF KAPALAMA CANAL", Young, R. H. F., Kahn, S. D., Johnson, J. M.,
 University of Havail, Water Resources Research Center, Honolulu,Hawaii, Technical Report
 No.  59, Contract Bo. DI-lU-31-0001-3211, September 1972, 21 pp.  HTIS Report No.
 PB-217 869.

          A water quality survey of the Kapalama Canal was undertaken In 1970-1971 to
 obtain baseline data for evaluation of the pollution potential of that surface
 drainage channel.  The survey Included the stretch of canal between the residential
 area below School Street to the tidal vaters downstream of the pineapple canneries
 effluent discharge ditch.  Chemical and bacteriological characteristics of the Canal
 were assessed through the measurement of the following parameters:  pH, DO, alkalinity,
 hardness, chlorides, total solids, total nitrogen, total phosphorus, 5-day BOD, total
 conforms, fecal conforms, fecal streptococci and Pseudononas aerugtnosa.  Results of
 the survey show that levels of all parameters except pH and afta Unity Increased In a
 downstream direction with high levels particularly noted downstream of the tidal dam,
 probably due to the effects of effluent discharge from the pineapple canneries outfall
 ditch.  A significant diluting effect vas noted during periods of wet weather streamflov,
 The state water quality standards were exceeded for several parameters:  pH, DO,
 nitrogen and phosphorus in the Class A vaters, and total coliforas in both the Class A
 and Class 2 waters.   The average FC:FS and FC:TC ratios for the Class 2 waters were
 5.2:1 and 0.25:1,  respectively.  The high FC:FS ratio Indicates that human wastes as
 well as animal feces are entering Kapalama Canal.  Pseudomonas aerugjnpsa organisms
 were found In the canal waters and were observed in densities greater tEan attributed
 to Btomwater runoff in the literature.
 IHDEX TERMS;  Water quality. Water pollution sources. Canneries.	

 AMIC-8590
 "EIJVIROHMSSTAL APPLICATIONS OF ADVANCED IHSTRUMEBTAL AUALYSES:  ASSISTANCE PROJECTS,
 FY 69-71",  Keith,  L.  H.,  Hercules, S.  H.,  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
 Southeast Environmental Research Laboratory,  Athens,  Georgia, Report Ko. EPA-B2-
 73-155, »fey 1973,  82 pp.

          A multitude of analyses involving the Identification and measurements of
 organic pollutants in water are discussed under eleven project categories.   The titles
 are:   (1)  Tennessee Fiver Cnaminant (bis(2-ethylliexyl)phthalate); (2) Fish Kill
 Contaminant Characterizations  (pesticides); (3)  Confirmation of PCB's In Environmental
 Samples;  (1*)  Escambia Bay,  Florida,  Industrial Pollution;  (5) Kansas City Landfill
 Contaminants; (6)  Identification of the Cause of Earthy-Jfciaty Taste  and Odor Problems
 in Ohio Water Supplies; (7) Western Louisiana Industrial Waste Survey;  (8) Color Body
 Characterization and  Related Studies From a Kraft Paper Mill Effluent;  (9)
 Characterization of Foam From Kraft Pulp Mills;  (10)  Analysis of Oil Spills by HHR
 Spectroscopy; and  (ll) Analysis of Oil  Spills by Fluorescence Spectroscopy.  The
 identification and quantification of pollutants  helped to  solve,  or  at  least to
 understand more clearly, the problems associated with the  Incidents.  In some cases
 evidence was provided for enforcement of regulatory legislation.  Because of the
 complexity and small  size of the  samples available, gas chranatographyHaass
 spectrooetry has been the most valuable technique for analysis.  Nuclear magnetic
 resonance and Infrared spectroacopy were helpful when a single compound was isolated
 in sufficient quantity.

 IHDEX TERH3:  Water analysis, Pollutant  Identification, Water pollution sources, Color,
      Industrial wastes, Pesticides. Taste, Odor, Law enforcement, Pulp wastes, Oil
	spills, Aroclors, Landfills, Orgtnlc matter, Orgmie compounds.	
 AKTC-8592
 "POLAROGRAPHIC DETERMINATION OF NTA", Hoover, T. B., U.S. Environmental Protection
 Agency, Southeast Environmental Research Laboratory, Athens, Georgia,  Report No.
 EPA-*£-73-25U, June 1973, W* PP.

          Pulse differential polarography was found to be a more sensitive and precise
 method than linear sweep voltammetry for the determination of NTA as the bismuth
 complex in natural and waste waters.  Indium was a less satisfactory complexant.
 Relative  standard deviations of less than 5 percent were obtained by the dual cell
 pulse differential technique at 1 ppm HTA and calibrations were linear from 0.01  to
 k ppm.  Copper, added at concentrations greater than O.OOO01 M, caused low analytical
 results for HTA.  No other significant interference by metals or ccmplexants was
 found.  An acetate electrolyte was much better than chloride for the determination of
 blsmutb-STA complex in sewage-type samples.

 INDEX TERMS:  Nltrllotrlacetic acid, Water analysis. Pulse differential polarography,
      Precision, Sensitivity, Complexlng agents. Chemical interference.
AMIC-8593
 "WATER POLLUTION AHD ASSOCIATED EFFECTS FROM STREET SALTING", Field, F., Struzeskl,
E. J., Jr., Masters, H. E., et al., V.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Edison
Water Quality Research Laboratory, Edison,  New Jersey,  Report Bo. EPA-R2-73-257, May
1973, W pp.

         This report comprises a state-of-the-art review of highway deicing practices
and associated envlromental effects.   Besides chemical melting,  various methods for
antl-icing/deiclng are available or have been conceived (external and In-slab thermal
melting systems; mobile thermal 'snow melters1; compressed air or high speed fluid
streams In conjunction with snowplow blades or sweepers; snow/ice adhesion reducing
(hydrophoble/icephoblc) substances; improved vehicular and/or tire design) which may
become nnre prominent in the future especially when communities realize that a price
must be paid to alleviate the environmental effects of wintertime salting.  Salt
storage facilities often become a major contributing source of local groundwater and
surface water contamination and vegetation damage.   Coverage and proper drainage of
salt piles is becoming more prevalent, but  there has not been an adequate acceptance of
approved practices and a proper recognition of pollutlonal problems associated with
this mterlal storage.  Types of enclosed structures are illustrated, and cost
considerations given.  High chloride concentration levels have been found in roadway
runoff.  The special additives in deicing salts may create more severe pollutional
problems than the chloride salts.   Many roadside wells, due to contamination by salt
laden runoff, have had to be replaced In such snow belt states as New Hampshire,
Maine, and Massachusetts.  Widespread damage of roadside soils and vegetation has been
observed In areas of liberal salt usage. Areas of future research are also Indicated
In this report.

-------
                                                                           1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
 AMIC-8593 (Continued)
Card 2/2
 INDEX TERMS:   Deicers, Highway  effects, Environmental effects. Water pollution, Soil
       contamination  effects, Water pollution sources, Melting, Snov removal. Salt
       tolerance,  Vegetation, Soil contamination, Water pollution effects, Pollutants,
       Salt storage facilities.  Highway delclng.
AMIC-8597
"DEVEUaPKSNT OF A METHOD TO DETERMINE OHTHO-, PYRO-, AKD TRIPOII-PHOSPHATE IH SEDIHSNT",
Blanchar, R. W., Rlego, D,, University of Missouri, MiBBOurl Water Besources Research
Center, Columbia, Missouri, Contract No. DI-1U-31-OOO1-3605, January 3, 1973j 57 PP.
HTIS Report No. PB-216 603.

         A method to determine pyrophosphate (PP) and tripolyphosphate (TPP) in
•edlments WAS developed.  Sediment extracted with 2 percent EDTA plus 0.1 M IWUF
followed by a second extract of 2 percent EDTA plus 1 N NaOH; orthophosphate (OP), PP,
and TPP were separated by anlon exchange chromotography; and the fractions collected and
P determined after extraction Into isobutanol.  The limit of detection of the method was
0.5 mlcrograB P/g sediment.  Fourteen sediments were tested and the highest TPP found
was 1.8 micrograns P/g sediment.  Thirteen of the sediment samples contained less than 1
mlcrogram P/g a« TPP.  Only 3 of lU samples contained more than 1 microgram P/g as PP.
The highest level of PP found in sediment was, 8.5 mlcrograms P/g, from an animal vaste
lagoon.  Estimates of error and reproduciljility were made from analysis of samples with
added PP and TPP.  The error for samples containing 36.9 micrograns P/g as PP was plus
or minus 7,9, and for TPP at 12.3 mlcrograms P/g the error was plus or minus 3.3.
The absolute value for PP v«s overestimated by *».5 percent and TPP underestiaated by Ul
percent.

      TEH6!  Sediments, Soil analysis. Methodology, Pollutant identification,
      Nutrients, Chemical analysis, Hater analysis, Pyrophosphates, Trlpolyphosphates,
      Ortbpphospnatea, Reproduclbility, Detection limits,  Anlon exchange chrOa&togr*pny,
      Chemical Interference, Chemical recovery.
                 "AUTOMATED WATER MOHITORISG INSTHJMENT FOR PHOSPHORUS CONTENTS
                 Corporation, Nuclear Division, Denville,  New Jersey,  Report Ho.
                 Contract No. 68-01-O11J., June 1973,  26 pp.
                                                                                                                                                         , Prager, M.  J.,  NUCOR
                                                                                                                                                          EPA-Rl»-73-O26,
                          A prototype instrument was developed by NUCOR Corporation, Denville, N.J.,
                 for automatically monitoring total phosphorus in water.   The analytical principle
                 employed was flame emission photometry.   Phosphorus compounds burned  in a hydrogen
                 flame emit at about 525 millimicrons.  Conditions were established for the sensitive
                 measurement of phosphorus in water. Operating parameters investigated included fuel
                 and air flow rates, burner configuration,  operating temperature, method of sample
                 aerosol!zation, and so forth.  Using an  ultrasonic nebulizer to aerosolize samples of
                 triethylphosphate in vater, It was possible to detect  phosphorus at a concentration of
                 less than 2 parts per billion.  A procedure was worked out for distinguishing between
                 organic and Inorganic phosphorus with  ion exchange resins.  In measurements designed to
                 determine interference by sodium and calcium,  it was observed that the method is about
                 1000 times more sensitive towards phosphorus than towards sodium and 5000 times more
                 sensitive towards phosphorus than towards  calcium.   This  prototype Instrument was
                 tested and delivered to EPA, Southeast Environmental Research laboratory.

                 INDEX TERMS:  Automatic control, Phosphorus,  Water analysis, Instrumentation, Monitoring,
                       Detection limits.
                 AMIC-8603
                 "AS ATOMIC ABSORPTION BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR JANUARY JUNE 1973", Slavin,
                 Absorption Kewsletter, Vol.  12, No. U, July-August 1973, PP 77-93.
Atomic
                          This bibliography covers atomic absorption techniques for the analysis of
                 water and other media for various metals and organometallics.  Certain references deal
                 specifically with sample preparation.

                 INDEX TEfMS:  Bibliographies,  Heavy metals, Alkaline earth metals, Alkali metals,
                       Chemical analysis,  Pollutant identification, Trace elements, Wastes, Water
                       analysis, Atomic absorption epectrophotometry, Biological samples. Environmental
                       samples, Sample preparation.

-------
                                                                           1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
 AMIC-8607
 "STUDIES IN SWEDEN OK FEASIBILITY OF SOME METHODS FOR RESTORATION OF MERCURY-COHTAMINATEE
 BODIES OF WATER", Jernelov, A., Lann, H.t Environmental Science and Technology.  Vol.  7,
 No. 8, August 1973, pp 712-718.

          Brief descriptions are given of laboratory experiments which were conducted
 to investigate ways of removing mercury from water or of preventing its transformation
 into forms which accumulate in fish.  Dredging,  which stirs and suspends the  sediment,
 may increase mercury methylatlon.  Drainage water from dredge spoils also nay contain
 high concentrations of mercury.  However, it may be possible to precipitate this mercury
 out of drainage water.  Addition of sulfide ion converted divalent inorganic  mercury  to
 mercury sulfide and reduced the methylatlon rate of mercury as shown by tests in which
 mercury accunulatlons in fish were studied.  Covering mercury deposits with
 mercury-binding or with inert material may reduce nethylation rates, but the  presence of
 benthic organisms, currents, and other disturbing Influences may contribute to the
 mixing process thereby eliminating beneficial effects.  Raising the pit of the water
 which favors production of dimethyl mercury,  reduced the amount of mercury accumulated
 by fish.   Field studies were made of five areas  in Sweden,  lakes Trtnmen,  Garlangen,
 Mellanfryken,  HallsfJarden Bay, and Morrumsan River, which bad undergone various types
 of treatments similar to those Investigated In the laboratory tests.  The results from
 some of the methods are promising and warrant further Investigation.

 INDEX TERMS:   Mercury,  Dredging,  Chemical precipitation,  Bloassay,  Fish,  Sulfldes,
       Hydrogen ion concentration,  Methylation, Mobilization,  BloaccuDUlatlon.
AMIC-8608
"GAS CHROMATOGRAFHIC PROCEDURE TO  AHALSfZE AMIHO ACIDS IH LAKE WATERS", Gardner, V. S.,
Lee, G. F., Environmental Science  and Technology. Vol. 7, No. 8, August 1973, pp
719-72V.

          A gpji ehromatographlc procedure for the determination of free amino acids in
lake water samples or hydrolyzates has been developed.  A combination of llgani exchange
and ion exchange chromatography was used to isolate and concentrate the amino acids from
water samplex.  A semlmicro derivative preparation technique was developed where the
H-trifluoroacetyl methyl ester derivatives were formed.  Recovery of the standard amino
acids ranged from 53-93 percent.   Poor recoveries were obtained for phenylalanine and
lyslne.  Studies were made with fortified water samples to evaluate the precision and
percent recovery of amino acids obtained with gas chromatograpnic procedures.  The
coefficients of variation generally were found to range between 5 and 20 percent for the
various ••rfno acids in the different procedures.  The percent recoveries varied
considerably among the respective  amino acids.  A brief experiment with frozen lake
water filtrates suggested that freezing lowered the recovery of DFAA.  It was concluded
that gas chromatography could be used to analyze lake water for selected amino acids
after appropriate purification of  the samples.  The relative speed of analysis offers a
distinct advantage over other available proceduree, but more work is needed to improve
the precisian and accuracy of the  described procedures and to permit analysis of the
remaining common protein amino acids.

IMDEX TERMS:  Gas chronatography, Methodology, Chemical analysis. Water analysis, Lakes,
      Dissolved free amino acids, Sample preparation,  Chemical recovery,  Method
      evaluation, Precision,  Accuracy.

                                                                                       —
 AMIC-86O9
 "LIPHJ6 IN SHALLOW BOTTOM SEDIMENTS",  Shaw, D. G., Environmental Science and Technology.
 Vol. 7, Mo. 8,  August 1973,  pp 7Uo-7<»2.

          Sediments from the bottom of  Boston Harbor  and vicinity were analyzed for
 llpids by gas chromatography.   These analyses showed that a petroleum-like fraction was
 associated with sewage sludge  dumped into the harbor and with bottom deposits of similar
 sludge-like mud.  However,  samples  of  silt and clay  collected in adjacent areas showed
 no evidence of  petroleum at  comparable concentrations.  It is suggested that the
 difference in lipid content  of the  various sediments reflects the complexity of
 estuarlne sedimentation processes and  the mechanisms of adsorption of organic materials
 onto sediments.

 INDEX TEEMS:  Bottom sediments, Lipids, Gas chronatography, Pollutant identification,
       Estuarlne  environment. Sewage sludge. Chemical analysis. Soil analysis.
       Pollutants,  Boston Harbor, Sample preparation,  Petroleum products. Hydrocarbons.
AKEC-8615
"A REVIEW OF OUTBOARD MOTOR EFFECTS ON THE AQUATIC ENVIICNMENT",  Jsckivicz,  T.  P.,
Kuzmlnski, L. N., Journal Water Pollution Control Federation,  Vol.  U5,  No. 8, August
1973, PP 1759-1770.

         Various aspects of outboard motor operation,  Including the magnitude of
watercraft usage, operation and efficiency of a two-cycle engine, composition of
outboard motor fuels, and compounds emitted during operation are reviewed.   Compounds
emitted to receiving waters originate from drainage of cra.nkcs.se liquids and from
unburned fuel passing through the combustion chamber.   Over half the original fuel
mixture for outboard motors may be emitted unburned into  receiving  waters.   Factors
affecting the quantity of compounds exhauseted from outboard motors Include  horsepower
rating, crankcase size,  composition of fuel mixture, tuning of the  engine, and speed of
operation.  Soae of the compounds measured in water contaminated by motor exhaust
include volatile and nonvolatile oil,  lead and phenols.

INDEX TERMS:  Aquatic environment. Water pollution sources, Water pollution  effects,
      Reviews,  Pollutants,  Watercraft,  Two-stroke  outboard motors, Engine exhausts,
      Crankcase drainage, Exhaust emissions,  Motor fuel.

-------
                                                                           1.  PHYSICAL AKTI
                                                                                                     METHOBS
 AMIC-8623
 "SOte CONSIDERATIONS OF TOE CHEMICAL LIMNOLOGY OF MEROMICTIC LAKE MARY", Weimer,
 W. C., Lee, G. ¥., Limnology and Oceanography. Vol.  18,  No.  3,  May  1973, PP MUJ»25.
          Meromlctic Lake Miry was studied and compared with  dimlctlc Lake Rose to
 evaluate the relative roles of several chemical  species  to determine the species of
 primary importance In promoting or maintaining meromixls.  The  approach Involved
 detailed analyses of the dominant ionic species  in the distinct layers the lakes.
 Analyses included:  temperature, DO,  transparency, true  color,  pH,  specific
 conductance, alkalinity, sulflde,  methane,  chloride, Na, K,  Ca, Mg, sulfate, Fe,
 dissolved and suspended solids,  COD,  ammonia, nitrate, nitrite, phosphate,
 orthopbosphate,  and hydrogen sulfide.  Both lakes exhibited  similar seasonal
 variations In their chemical composition.   The chemical  composition of the
 monlmolimnetic vaters of Lake Mary did not vary  throughout the  21-month study.  Methane
 production in Lake Rose began soon after thermal stratification and concentrations la
 the anoxlc hypolinmion reached about  lU mg/liter.  Methane concentrations in the Lake
 Miry monlmollmnlon increased with depth and ranged up  to 21  mg/llter.  The
 concentration and vertical distribution of CHb,  together vlth an alkalinity Increase of
 22 mg/llter above that In the surface waters and an NBMplus) increase of 4.2 mg/llter.
 Indicated that biological activity helps sustain the meromixis  of Lake Mary.  However,
 the major factor allowing meromixis is the  morphometry of  the lake basin.

 IKDEX TERMS:  Meromixis, Water analysis, Water pollution effects, Trophic level, Water
       quality, Water sampling, Water  chemistry,  Lake Mary, Characterization, Chemical
       limnology.  Chemical composition.
 AMIC-8625
 "SIZE CLASSES OF OHCAKIC CARBON ID SEAWATER"
 Vol. 18, No.  3,  May 1973, PP
Sharp, J. H., Limnology and Oceanography,
          Using carbon analyses,  four size classes of organic matter in seavater are
 investigated.   An appreciable portion of the organic matter Is smaller than the usually
 defined partlculate class,  but is most probably not  truly dissolved.  This portion can
 be segregated  using very fine membrane filters and using membranes for forced dialysis.
 It is suggested that this 'subparticulate' class should be considered as colloidal
 organic matter.

 INDEX TEEMS:   Organic matter,  Sea water, Colloids, Carbon, Separation techniques.
       Particle size,  Membrane  filters.
AMIC-8621*
"A HEW METHOD TOR rETORMTNIBG TOE TOTAL CARBOHAIE ICW COMCESTRATIQir IH SALUE WATERS",
Simpson, H. J., Broecker, W. S., Limnology and Oceanography, Vol. 16, Ho. 3, May 1973,
pp U26-Uo.                      	

         A new method of determining total carbonate Ion content of saline waters
requires measurement of the partial pressure of carbon dioxide gas (P sub C02) in
equilibrium with an initial solution, plus two nor* P sub COS measurements made after
adding a known amount of strong base and after further adding boric acid.  These three
P sub COS measurements, plus the total inorganic carbon concentration are used to
compute the total carbonate ion concentration of the original solution, without the use
of any system of apparent dissociation constants.  Experimental data for seawater
samples using this method yield total carbonate ion concentrations in agreement witb
those calculated using Lymui's apparent dissociation constants for carbonic and boric
acids.  The method can be equally well applied to other saline natural waters.
(Reprinted from Limnology and Oceanography. Vol. 18, »o. 3, May 1973, PP "»26-HO.
Copyright 1973 by the American Society of Limnology and Oceanography, In.  Reprinted
by permission of the copyright owner,)

INDEX TE»6:  Carbonates, Chemical analysis, Saline water, Sea water. Eolations,
      Water analysis. Pollutant Identification, Mathematical studies. Carbon dioxide,
      Sensitivity, Sample preparation.
AMIC-6629
'THE PROBABLE OCCURHEBCE OF HYDBQXXLAKUE IN THE WATER OF AN ETHIOPIAN LAKE",
Baxter, R. M., Wood, R. B., Prosser, M. V., Limnology and Oceanography, Vol.  18,
No. 3, May 1973, pp 1*70-1*72.

         Fresh samples of water from all depths of Lake Pawlo,  a moderately alkaline
Ettalpoian crater lake, frequently shoved a marked increase in nitrite ion content after
brief boiling.  This did not occur, or was greatly reduced,  in  samples kept overnight
before boiling.  It is suggested that this was due to the presence of hydroxylamine.
At the original pH of the water, oxidation of the hydroxylamine in the samples  leads to
nitrous oxide.  When the sample is boiled, carbon dioxide is driven off and pH  is
Increased.  At this higher pH the oxidation of hydroxylamine follows  a different
pathway.  Hydroxylamine may be a more frequent constituent of lake waters than  has been
assumed.  (Reprinted from Limnology and Oceanography.  Vol. 18,  No.  3,  May 1973, PP
1170-1*72.  Copyright 1973 by the American Society of Limnology and Oceanography, Inc.
Reprinted by permission of the copyright owner.)

INDEX TERMS:  Alkaline water. Water analysis.  Pollutant identification.  Lakes,  nitrites,
      Anions, Hydrogen ion concentration,  Chemical analysis,  Ammonia,  Nitrates,
      Dissolved oxygen. Water sampling,  Depth,  Nitrogen compounds,  Hydroxylsmine,
      Lake Pawlo,  Ethiopia.

-------
                                                                           1.  PHYSICAL AMD CHBgCAL METHODS
                                                                                         '  AMIC-8657
                                                                                           "ORGANCCHLORIHE RESIDUES  IH ESTUARINE MOLLUSKS, 1965-72 - HATIOKAL PESTICIDE
                                                                                           MONITORING PKCRAM", Butler, P. A., Pesticides Monitoring Journal, Vol. 6, No. U,
                                                                                           *irch 1973, PP 238-362.

                                                                                                   This paper describes the development of the national program for monitoring
                                                                                           estuarlne mollusks in 15  coastal states and reports the findings for the period
                                                                                           1965-72.  The report is presented in two parts:  Part I.  General Summary and
                                                                                           Conclusions, and Part II.  Residue Data - Individual States.  Analyses of the 8,095
                                                                                           samples for 15 persistent organochlorine compounds showed that DDT residues were
                                                                                           ubiquitous; the Maximum DDT residue detected was 5.39 ppffi.  Dieldrin was the second
                                                                                           most commonly detected compound with a maximum residue of 0.23 ppm.  Endrln, mirex,
                                                                                           toxaphene, and poly chlorinated biphenyls were found only occasionally.  Results
                                                                                           indicate a clearly defined trend towards decreased levels of DDT residues, "beginning
                                                                                           in 1969-70.  At no time were residues observed of such a magnitude as to imply damage
                                                                                           to mollusks; however,  residues were large enough to pose a threat to other elements
                                                                                           of the biota through the processes of recycling and magnification.

                                                                                           IHDEX TERMS:  Mollusks,  Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides,  Polychlorinated biphenyls,
                                                                                                Pesticide residues. Pollutant identification, Clams,  Mussels, Oysters, Persistence,
                                                                                                Watersheds (basins), Path of pollutants,  Chemical analysis, Biomonitoring,  Sample
                                                                                                preparation.  Data  interpretation, Chemical recovery.  Coastal waters,
                                                                                                Bioaccumulation, Marine environment,  Fate of pollutants.
AMIC-863U
"INTERACTION OF YELLOW ORGANIC ACIDS WITH CALCIUM CARBOUATE IN FHESHWA1ER", Otsuki, A.,
Wetzel, R. G., Limnology and Oceanography, Vol. 18, Ho. 3, May 1973, PP 1*90J*93.

         That refractory dissolved organic matter can be removed naturally from lake
waters as CaC03 precipitates has been examined.  Adsorption experiments involving
yellow humic acids were done by inducing CaC03 precipitation from homogenous systems.
Carbon-lU yellow acids were prepared from the experimental decomposition of a
C-Ik-labeled aquatic plant (Sclrpus subterminaliB).  Experimental watr was collected
from the mouth of an inlet stream which dominates the total monthly Ca Ion input to
Lawrence Lake throughout the year.  More than 30 percent of yellow acids were removed
from solution along with CaC03 precipitation.  The pH of each solution increased with
time from the initial 8.U to 9.0-9.1, suggesting that CaC03 precipitation occurred with
the release of C)O2 from Ca(HC03)2 rather than as the result of supersaturation of
CaC03.  The results show that large amounts of soluble humic substances are removed
from laXe water with CaC03.  It was found that the yellow acids behave like lipid
material with respect to association with CaCO3 particles.

INDEX 1ERMS:  Calcium carbonate, Freshwater, Organic matter, Separation techniques,
      Chemical precipitation, Humic acids, Organic acids, Adsorption, Chemical reactions,
      Pollutants, Hydrogen ion concentration, Hardness (water), Methodology,  Chemical
      analysis, Water analysis, Yellow humic acids. Chemical recovery, Sample
      preparation.
AMIC-8637
"DETEFMINATION OF LOW PHOSPHATE CONCENTRATIONS IH SEAWATER BY AH ISOBUTlfL ACETATE
EXTRACTION PROCEDURE", Cescon, B. S., Scarazzato, P.  0., Limnology and Oceanography,
Vol. 18, Bo. 3, May 1973, PP U99-500.

         laobutyl acetate is proposed as an extracting reagent for the determination of
low phosphate concentrations in seawater.  Since this ester is immiscible with water,  its
use Improves both the accuracy and the ease of the method.  (Reprinted from
Limnology and Oceanography. Vol. 18, No. 3, May 1973, PP ^99-500.  Copyright 1973 by
the American Society of Limnology and Oceanography, Inc.  Reprinted by permission of
the copyright owner.)

IMDEX TERMS:  Phosphates, Pollutant identification, Sea water, Solvent extractions,
      Chemical analysis, Separation techniques, Water analysis, Methodology,  Nutrients,
      Saline water, Isobutyl acetate, Trace levels, Accuracy,  Absorbance,  Enrichment,
      Organic solvents.
                                                                                           AMIC-8658
                                                                                           "OB3AHOCHLORINE  INSECTICIDE RESIDUES  IS STREAMS DRAINING AGRICULTURAL, URBAN-
                                                                                           AGRICULTURAL, AMD RESORT AREAS  OF ONTARIO, CANADA - 1971", Miles, J. R. H., Harris,
                                                                                           C.  R.,  Pesticides Monitoring Journal, Vol. 6, No. 1*, March 1973, PP 363-368.

                                                                                                   Organochlorine  insecticide residues in water systems draining agricultural,
                                                                                          urban-agricultural, and  resort areas of Ontario, Canada, were compared by analysis of
                                                                                          water, bottom mud, and fish,  collected during the period from mid-April to mid-October
                                                                                          1971.  Insecticides detected by electron capture gas ehromtography were p,p' -DDT,
                                                                                          o,p'-DDT, p,p'-TDE, o,p'-TDE, p,p'-DEE, gamma-chloradane, dieldrin, endrin, endosulfan,
                                                                                          heptachlor, heptachlor epoxide, lindane,  and aldrin.   Insecticide concentrations in
                                                                                          water from all three areas were less than the 'Maximum Reasonable Stream Allowances'
                                                                                          for growing fish that are safe for human consumption.   The concentrations of total DDT
                                                                                          in the water were combined with water flow data to calculate the weekly rate of
                                                                                          transport of total DDT at each sajnpling time.  The greatest transport of total DDT was
                                                                                          by the Muskoka River which drains the Muskoka Lakes resort area where DDT was  used
                                                                                          until 1966 for control of biting flies; a peak of 11.8 Ib total DDT per week was
                                                                                          recorded in May,  but this transport quickly lessened,  resulting in a May to October
                                                                                          average of 1.9 Ib total DDT per week.   Corresponding  figures for the Thames River
                                                                                          (urban-agricultural) were peak 2,5 Ib and average O.U Ib total DDT per week and for
                                                                                          Big Creek (agricultural), peak 0.5 Ib and average 0.2 Ib per week.   The ratio  of
                                                                                          concentration of total DDT in mud to total DDT in water was as great as 800; total DDT
                                                                                          in fish to total DDT in water was as great as 1 million.  The ratio of p,p'-TDE to
                                                                                          p,p'-DUff was less than 1 In water but greater than 1  in bottom mud,  indicating
                                                                                          possible dechlorination of p,p'-DDT to p,p'-TEE in the bottom mud.   Polychlorinated
                                                                                          biphenyls (PCB's) were present in the  urban-agricultural area samples  of bottom mud
                                                                                          and fish at levels up to 217 T>Em and about O.U ppm. respectively.	
                                                                                      10

-------
                                                                           1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
 AMIC-8658 (Continued)
Cart 2/2
 INDEX TERMS:  Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides, Drainage water,  Pollutant Identifica-
       tion, Pesticide residues,  Insecticides,  Chemical analysis, Bottom sediments,
       Drainage systems,  Urban runoff,  Agricultural  runoff,  Recreation wastes.
       Freshwater fish, Electron capture gas chromatography, Trace  levels. Chemical
       recovery, Sample preparation,  Biological magnification, Animal tissues,
       Bloaceuimilatlon.
AMIC-8659
 "RATE OF  EVAPORATION OF LOW-SOLUBILITY CONTAMIHANTS FROM WATER BODIES TO ATMOSPHERE",
Mackay, D., Wolkoff, A. W., Environmental Science and Technology, Vol. 7, No. 7,
July 1973, PP 611-614.

          Equations are  derived to predict the rate of evaporation from aqueous
solutions of compounds  such as hydrocarbons and chlorinated vhich are of low solubility.
The rate  of evaporation can be high even for compounds of lov vapor pressure and 'half
lives' in solution can be as low as minutes or hours under laboratory or environmental
conditions.  The rate may be limited by diffusion or desorption.  Transfer of
contaminants from the water to air environments may thus occur much faster than has
been generally appreciated.

INDEX TERMS:  Evaporation, Rates, Pollutants, Bodies of water, Mathematical studies,
      Forecasting, Aqueous solutions, Solubility, Equations, Mercury, Aquatic
      environment, Methodology, Hydrocarbons, Chlorinated hydrocarbons.
AMIC-8661
"HEMTIFICATION OF CUTIN, A LIPID BIOPOLYMER, AS SIGNIFICANT COMPONENT OF SEWAGE
SLUDGE", Kblattukudy, P. E., Purdy, R. E., Environmental Science and Technology,
Vol. 7, Ho. 7, July 1973, pp 619^622.

         Sewage sludge, the end product of digestion in a domestic waste treatment
plant, was thoroughly extracted with organic solvents.  The residue on hydrogenolysis
with L1A1HU gave polyhydroxy alkanes which accounted for 12-28 percent of the organic
matter in the sludge.  The major hydroxy alkanes were identified by means of
chromatographlc techniques in conjunction with mass spectrometry to be
1,18-dlhydroxyoctadecene, 1,9,18-trlhydroxy- and 1,10,18-trihydroxyoctadecane,
1,9,18-triiydroxy- and 1,10,18-trihydroxyoctadecene, 1,9,10,l8-tetrahydroxyoctadecane,
I,9,lfl,l8-tetranydroxyoctadecene, 1,7,16-trihydroxyhexadecane,  and
1,6,16-trlhydroxyhexadecane.  The structure and distributions of these components  are
unique and typical of the lipid polymer cutin.

INDEX TERMS:  Lipids, Sewage sludge, Pollutant identification,  Methodology,  Solvent
      extractions, Chemical analysis, Domestic  wastes, Cutln, Biopolymers, Aliphatic
      hydrocarbons, Thin layer chromatogr&phy,  GC-Mass spectrometry,  Sample
      preparation, Hydrogenolysis.
                AJttC-8662
                 'EXTRACTION OF DISPERSED OILS FROM WATER FOR QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS BY INFRARED
                SPECTROPHOTOMETRY", Gruenfeld, M., Environmental Science and Technology,  Vol.  7,  No. 7,
                July 1973, PP 636-639.

                         An Improved extraction procedure IB reported that e«n be used to extract
                dispersed oils from water for quantitative analysis by infrared spectrophotometry.
                This procedure involves the addition of 50 percent K2SQI* and HC1 to 1-liter samples and
                extraction with four 25-ml portions of Freon 113 in 2-liter separatory funnels.
                Checks for acidity (below pH 3) and completeness of extraction should be  made. A
                 'blank' determination is recommended for reagents a.nd water in order to prevent
                Interference with the oil measurement at 2930/cnj by extraneous solvent extractable
                organlcs.  Some of the parameters that optimize such extractions were examined.   The
                organic solvents trichlorotrlfluoroethane and carbon tetrachloride were compared  in
                relation to extraction efficiency.  Both solvents were found to be useable for the
                infrared determination of oil and to be about equally efficient in extracting  dispersed
                Oils.  However, trlchlorotrifluoroethane (Freon 1L3) is preferred since it Is  much
                less poisonous to laboratory personnel.  Changes In extraction efficiency following
                small additions of sulfuric acid and sodium chloride were examined.  Great improvement
                results in extraction efficiency, but no further improvement derives from addition  of
                more salt.

                IHDEX TEIWS:  Solvent extractions, Separation techniques, Oil, Oily water,  Methodology,
                      Water analysis, Pollutant identification,  Trichlorotrifluoroethane,  Infrared
                      spectrophotometry, Quantitative analysis,  Carbon tetrachloride.  Organic  solvents,
                      Extraction efficiency, Sample preparation.
                                                                                      11

-------
                                                                          1.  PHYSICAL ASP CHB4ICAL METHOIE
AMIC-8663
"BASELINE CONCENTRATIONS OF LIGHT HYDROCARBONS III GULF OF MEXICO",  Brooks,  J. M.,
Fredericks, A. D., Sackett, W. M., Swlnnerton, J. W.,  Environmental Science and
Technology, Vol. 7, Mo. 7, July 1973, PP 639-6U2.

         A 2500-mile survey of light hydrocarbon concentrations in surface  water of  the
Gulf of Mexico vaa conducted to determine baseline concentrations for a  program to
Identify problems related to oceanic environmental quality.   Analyses of the light
hydrocarbons were carried out by flame lonization &s  chromatography.  High
concentrations seen to be associated solely with nan's activities in the vicinity of
ports and offshore petroleum drilling and production operations and in one  case on the
high seas, near a tanker reportedly discharging 'clean ballast water'.

INDEX TERMS:  Surface waters, Gulf of Mexico,  Baseline studies, Sea water.  Water
      analysis. Water quality. Pollutant identification.  Hydrocarbons, Marine environ-
      ment, Flame ionizatlon gas chromatography.
                                                                                           AMIC-8670 (Continued)
Card 2/3
                                                                                           IHDEX TERMS:  Water analysis, Water pollution effects, Heavy metals, Water quality,
                                                                                                 Mine wastes, Diatoms, Pondweeds,  Biological samples, Atomic absorption
                                                                                                 spectrophotometry. Anodic stripping voltanmetry, Bloacctunulatlon,
                                                                                                 Macrolnvertebratee.
                                                                                          AMIC-8671*
                                                                                          "WATER TEMPERATURE  SURVEYS  IK THE VICINITY OF POWER STATIONS WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE
                                                                                          TO IHFRAJED TECHNIQUES", Moore, D. J., James, K. W., Water Research, Vol. 7, Bo. 6,
                                                                                          June 1973, PP 807-620.

                                                                                                   The use of three techniques for measuring water temperature is described in
                                                                                          the context  of field trials, at Berkeley Nuclear Power Station, made in 1967.  Two of
                                                                                          the techniques measure only the surface temperature of the water, the third using
                                                                                          thermistors  can record the  temperature at varying depths.  The techniques are
                                                                                          complementary, but  the infra-red line scan method has the great advantage of presenting
                                                                                          a global  picture of the surface temperature in a readily-digested form.  Field
                                                                                          experiments  using these techniques can be most helpful in validating model studies and
                                                                                          possible  digital computer programs for examining the spread of warm water from power
                                                                                          station cooling-water systems.

                                                                                          IHEEX TERMS:  Water temperature, Surveys, Methodology, Measurement,  Nuclear powerplants.
                                                                                               Equipment, On-site tests,  Cooling water,  Aerial photography.  Infrared Imagery,
                                                                                               Thermistors.
 Amc-8670
 "AQUATIC ORGANISMS AHD HEAVY METALS IN MISSOURI'S MEW LEAD BELT", Gale, N. L.,
 Wlxson,  B.  G.,  Bardie,  M.  G., et al..  Water Resources Bulletin. Vol. 9, Ho. U,
 August 1973,  PP 673-688.

          Because of the rapid development of the New Lead Belt in southeastern Missouri,
 studies  have  been conducted to determine the effects of  industrial development and
 waste disposal  on the streams in the area.   Water samples were collected for analysis
 of Pb, Zn,  Cd,  Cu,  and Mn  by atomic absorption and anodic stripping voltammetry; total
 phosphorus  and  orthopbosphate were  determined  by standard methods; bacterial counts were
 made with millipore field  monitoring equipment; algae and other aquatic vegetation were
 collected in  paper cups or plastic  bags for later identification and analysis of heavy
 metals;  and animal specimens were collected in plastic bags and frozen for analysis of
 heavy metals.   Since the industrial development be^rv, there have been a number of
 nuisance biological blooms in several  of the snail streams receiving effluent froa the
 mines and mills.   The major constituents of the problem aLgal  growths were identified
 and found to  include:   Cladopnora,  Osclllatoria, Mougeotia, Zygoema. Spirogyra.
          and a variety of other stalked and non-stalked  diatoms.  Secondary blocoa of
          us were observed to reach problem proportions in some streams, particularly in
 _          Finely ground rock flour  and mineral particles escaping from tailings dams
 were found  to be  trapped oy the stream vegetation.  Concentrations of lead, sine, copper,
 anfl Banauwse in  the algil and bacterial mate were found  to be inversely related to
 distance downstrean from the tailings  dams.  Analysis of  consumer organisms,
 including crayfish,  snails,  aqi»tlc  Insects, tadpoles, minnows and larger sunfish
 indicated insignificant concentrations of heavy metals though  in at least one problem
 stream the  nonal consumer organisms mentioned are markedly reduced in numbers.
.                                -      .                                             —

-------
                                                                           1.  PHYSICAL AKD CHEMICAL METHODS
 AMIC-8677
 "GAS CHROMATOGRAPHIC DETERMINATION OF ALIPHATIC AMINES AND dUANTIIATIVE ANALYSIS OF
 SMALL AMOUNTS OF DIMETHYLAHOE  IB WASTEWATER", Onuska, F. I., Water Research,
 Vol.  1,  No.  6, June 1973, PP 835-8U1.

           A  gas chroraatographic  procedure has been developed for the direct quantitative
 determination of primary, secondary and tertiary amines up to Cl* in dilute aqueous
 solution.   Industrial wastewater samples containing dlalkylamlnes and standard
I dlalkylamlne solutions were analyzed by flame lonlzation gas chrcnBtography using
 Pennualt 223 amlne packing for  the columns which is stable to water and permits the
 separation  of the amines In Industrial wastewater and sewage.  The method Is sensitive,
 specific and free from the interferences of common low volatile degradation products
 In  sewage.   Kovats' retention indices are presented for Cl-Cl* mono-, di-, and
 trlalkylamlnes and the response factors for dlalkylamines using the FID detector are
 given.   The  linearity of the FID detector was also established for dlmethylajnine over
 the concentration range of loJtOOO mg/1.

 IMDEX TERMS:  Methodology, Waste water (pollution). Chemical analysis, Aqueous solutions,
        Pollutant identification. Sewage, Industrial wastes. Water analysis, Aliphatic
        amines. Flame ionlzatlon  gas chromatography. Quantitative analysis, Retention
        time, Accuracy, Sensitivity.
                                  A SPECIFIC METHOD FOR THE DETERMINATION OF AMMONIA
                                   K., Water Research, Vol. 7, Ho. 8, August 1973,
AMC-fl685
'ENZYMATIC  NHS-N DETERMINATION:
IN WATER AUD SEDIMENTS", Verdouw,
pp 1129-1136.

         An enzymatic method  for the determination of ammonia-nitrogen, not preveiouflly
applied  in  water research, Is described.  The method 18 specific for NH3-H, and the
risk of  hydrolysis of organic nitrogen compounds IB very small, because of near neutral
pH and low  (room) temperature conditions.  Differences between results of enzymatic
NH3-H determination and of a  distillation method depended on the type of water.  The
method has  been adapted for application In sediment research, where the exchangeable
NH3-K fraction Is determined  directly, without an extraction procedure.  In
comparison  with this method,  direct distillation of sediment samples gave an
over-estimation the NH3-N content of plus or minus 1»O per cent.

IHDEX TERMS:  Methodology, Water analysis, Ammonia, Soil analysis, Sediments, Pollution
      Identification, Waste water (pollution), Enzymatic techniques, Precision,
      Sensitivity, Chemical recovery.
                                                                                       13
                                                                                           AMIC-8687
                                                                                           "THE POLAROGRAPHIC DETERMINATION OF TRACE AMOUNTS OF CYANIDE", Bark, L. S., Lin, B. S.,
                                                                                           Water Research,  Vol.  7,  So.  8,  August 1973, PP  1209-1213.

                                                                                                    A method is  proposed for the indirect  determination of trace amounts of
                                                                                           cyanide.  After  release  and  distillation of the cyanide, which is collected in 1.0 M
                                                                                           sodium hydroxide,  the cyanide is reacted with a known and excess amount of copper(II)
                                                                                           ions.  Vbt excess of  the Cu(ll) ions is  determined by polarography, and from the amount
                                                                                           of Cu(II) which  has reacted,  the amount  of cyanide originally present is calculated.
                                                                                           Synthetic samples and spiked samples of  natural waters and sewage effluent were used
                                                                                           in testing for chemical  interferences.   It was  generally found that domestic sewage
                                                                                           effluent contained sufficient surface active material to significantly affect the
                                                                                           copper calibration curve and so Invalidate the  use of the method on raw samples,  ft
                                                                                           1000-fold excess of chloride  ions had a  noticeable effect on the peak height of the
                                                                                           copper.   Ifaeerated fish  flesh extract also interfered.  It was thus decided that it Is
                                                                                           necessary to follow standard practice and obtain fairly pure solutions of free cyanide
                                                                                           from such samples  by  recognized methods  (Kruse  and Mellon, 1951; Ministry of Housing
                                                                                           and Local Government,  1956; Serfass,  et  al., 1952).

                                                                                           INDEX TERMS:   Polarographlc analysis, Methodology, Sewage effluents, Chemical analysis,
                                                                                                 Distillation, Copper, Cations, Water analysis, Calibrations, Fish, Surfactants,
                                                                                                 Natural  waters,  Trace levels, Cyanides, Chemical interference.
AMIC-8688
"LEAD CONTAMINATION OF SNOW", LaBarre, N.,  Milne,  J.  B.,  Oliver, B.  G.,  Water
Research. Vol. 7, Ho. 8, August 1973, PP 1215-1218.

         A study of the concentration of lead In snow in an urban  center was undertaken
during the winter and spring of 1972 In order to assess the effects  of snow disposal
practices on water quality.  Samples collected in plastic bottles  were filtered after
melting.  The lead concentration was determined In the filtrate by atomic absorption
spectrophotometry using the ammonium pyrrolidine dithiocarbamate-jnethyl  isobutyl
ketone solvent extraction technique.  The particulate was extracted  with B  M nitric
acid and aspirated directly.  In experiments on the adsorption of  lead onto sediments
and other solids 1.6 g of solid vas used with 100  ml  of standard lead solution.  Only
solid which would pass through l*0-mesh screen was  used.  The results of  the analyses
of filtrate and particulate showed remarkably low  lead concentrations in the filtrate,
regardless of the concentration of lead in  the particulate.   The highest filtrate
analysis was 0.21 ppm and the highest sediment, 1*330  ppm.   Of the  total  lead present In
the street and snow dump samples, less than 1 percent was present  in the filtrate.
Adsorption studies showed that at pH 7.5, 1.6 g samples of typical snow  dump sediments
reduced the concentration of 100 ml of a 10 ppm lead  solution (as  lead nitrate)  to
1 ppm in 1 h at room temperature.  Lead was not detected  in the solutions by direct
aspiration after 18 h.  Similar adsorption  behavior was observed for sand,  clay, glass,
and limestone.  At pH 3, adsorption occurred only  on  snow sediments  and  limestone and
was preceded by a rise In pH to 7.5.  The precise  nature  of the sediments Involved  was
unknown.
INEEX

-------
                                                                           1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METBnra
 AMIC-8690
 "METHyLMEHCURY AS PEHCENTAGE OF TOTAL MERCURY IN FLESH AND VISCERA OF SALMON AND SEA
 TROUT OF VAHIOUS AGES", Westoo, G., Science. Vol. 181, Ho. U099, August 10, 1973,
 pp 567-568.                         	

          Salmon (Salmg salar) and sea trout (S. ocla) of various ages were analyzed
 for total mercury by neutron activation analysis and for metbylmercury by gas
 chronatography.  The purpose of the study was to determine whether the proportion of
 methylmercury vas related to the age of the fish.  Methylmercury In salmon 1 to 7 years
 old and  In sea trout 1 and Z years old averaged 93 percent and was Independent of age.
 In both  species 1 and 2 years old, methylmercury constituted 26 to 27 percent of the
 total visceral mercury Independent of age.

 INDEX TERMS:  Gas chronatography, Neutron activation analysis,  Marine fish,  Atlantic
       salmon, Mercury, Methylmercury,  Biological samples,  Sea trout.
 AMIC-8702
 "POLTfCHLORINATED TERPHEfflfLS IH THE ENVIRONMENT",  Freudenthal, J., Greve, P. A.,
 Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology, Vol. 10, Mo. 2, August 1973,
 pp 10t3~lll.

          Water from the Rhine River,  oysters,  eels, and human fat were analyzed by
 GC-oBss spectrometry for polychlorinated terphenyls (PCT).  The samples were extracted
 In n-hexane and cleaned up by colunn  chronatography.  All recent samples contained
 PCT.   Two of three older samples of human fat  contained no PCT.  Residues of PCT
 were somewhat lower than PCB but were of the same order of magnitude.

 IHDEX TERMS:   Water analysis,  Oysters, Eels, Polychlorinated terphenyls,  Hunan fat,
       GC-moss spectrometry.
 AMIC-8692
 "EFFECTS OF pH, LIGHT ADD TEMPERATURE OF CARBARYL IN AQUEOUS MEDIA", Waucbope, R. D.,
 Haque, B., Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology,  Vol.  9, No. 5,
 May 1973, pp 257-260.
          Degradation of carbaryl in aqueous media was observed under several conditions.
 The rate of consumption of base was observed using a Radiometer syringe  tltrator in the
 pH-stat aode.  A 95 percent solution of recrystallized carbaryl was added to distilled
 water with a pB of 9.0-10.0 for the experiments.   Reaction times and second-order rate
 constants were obtained.   Hydrolyses were run In a dark amber glass bottle Immersed In
 water and with temperature and pB closely controlled.   A xenon-arc  lamp  was  used to
 simulate solar radiation  of basic solutions of carbaryl in the cavity of a spectrometer.
 Products were analyzed by mass spectroscopy and thin-layer chronatography.   The results
 show that there Is little difference in carbaryl  hydrolysis rate constants In HaOH
 solution vs.  seawater.  Solubilities of carbaryl  were  llU  ppm at 2U C and 67 ppm at
 12 C  based upon titratlon rates.   In weakly acid  solutions,  carbaryl and 1-naphthol were
 stable for weeks in the dark and  under laboratory light.   Base hydrolysis of carbaryl
 in the dark leads  to formation of 1-naphtbol as the only naphthyl product.  However,
basic l-napbthol or hydrolyzed carbsryl-solutions turn yellow then  amber under
 laboratory  light.  Thus,  it  is the basic form of  1-naphthol,  1-naphthoxlde Ion, which
appears  to be especially light sensitive, and photodegradatlon of this species is
probably the most  Important  route for further changes.   Products identified  in
inadlated samples were 1-naphthol and 2-hydrc*y-l,U-mphthoquinone  (lawsone).

INDEX TEFfrE:  Degradation (decomposition), Aqueous  solutions. Hydrogen ion
      concentration, Mass spectrometry, Hydrolysis, Solar radiation, Carbaryl, Thin
      layer chromatography, Fate of pollutants, Photooxldatlon.
AMIC-&703
 "A SIMPLIFIED CLEAH-UP TECHNIQUE FOR ORGAHOCHLORINE RESIDUES AT THE MICROLITER LEVEL",
Sodergren, A., Bulletinjaf Environmental Contamination and Toxicology. Vol.  10,  Mo.  2,
August 1973, pp~li5-il9.

         A clean-up procedure was developed,  primarily for analysis of freshwater algae,
in which trace amounts of chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides and fat content can be
determined by electron capture gas chromatography.   Only 350 mlcrollters of  extract
Is required.  Approximately 50 mlcrollters of extract and an equal  amount of fuming
sulfuric acid are drawn into a glass tube which is  then sealed by flame.  The contents
are mixed, centrlfuged to separate phase, the tube  is cut, and the  acid discarded.   The
tube containing the hexane phase is then resealed until analysis.   For confirmatory
analysis, a part of the remaining original extract  IB cleaned up  by treatment with
potassium hydroxide.  This Is accomplished by heating a special pipette which is  sealed
at one end and drawing the KOH and extract into the tube as it cools.  This  is sealed,
heated, reopened, water added,  resealed,  the  contents mixed,  and  centrifuged.  The
hexane layer is removed and the renaining extract is analyzed for lipids by  gravimetric
analysis.  Fatty and non-fatty sangjles have been cleaned-up by these procedures with
residue recoveries of 78-9U percent.   Treatment with KOH converts p,p'-DDT and
p,p'-DDD to p,p'-DDE and p,p'-DDMU confirming the Identity of the original products.
The method was used to determine lipld fractions in muscle tissues of fish and birds.

INDEX TERMS:  Gas chronatography,  Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides, Lipids, Algae,
      Birds, Fish,  Separation techniques, DDD, DDT,  Gravimetric analysis,  Clean up,
      Sample preparation, Biological samples.

-------
                                                                           1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL
 AMIC-8706
 "DETECTION OF TRACE AMOUNTS OF OIL D» SEA WATER BY FLUORESCENCE SPECTROSCOPY",
 Keizer, P. D., Gordon, D. C., Jr., Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada,
 Vol. 30, No. 8, August 1973, PP 1039-10t6.

          Because of the potential usefulness of fluorescence spectroscopy for
 monitoring oil In seawater, studies were conducted to develop optimum procedures
 and Identify limitations.  Calibration, extraction, storage of extracts,  and
 evaporation procedures were examined using seawater spiked with one of three kinds of
 oil or with polluted natural samples.  Based upon the studies, recommended procedures
 were developed as briefly described.  Samples should be collected In a clean plastic
 bucket or PVC Nlslcin sampling bottle and transferred to a 2-ml polyethylene bottle.
 All glassware should be cleaned and rinsed with nethylene chloride.  Samples should be
 extracted twice with methylene chloride in a separatory funnel.  Extracts should be
 drained into a glass bottle, sealed, and stored in the dark at low temperature until
 analysis.   At analysis, water should be removed from the sample by a separatory  funnel,
 methylene chloride removed in a rotary evaporator at 30 C and reduced pressure,  and
 the residue taken up with n-hexane.   This solution Is excited at 310 on and the
 fluorescence measured at 3?1» nm.   Comparison of the method with elemental analysis, uv
 spectroscopy, and GLC showed that for monitoring many samples It was sensitive and
 rapid.   However,  some limitations must be observed.   Results of analysis  of samples
 from several coastal inlets and along a section between Halifax and Bermuda show the
 usefulness of the method.
 INDEX TEBMS:   Pollutant Identification,  Oil pollution,  Monitoring,  Sampling, Calibra-
      tions,  Separation techniques,  Storage,  Evaporation,  Filtration,  Sample
      preparation, Fluorescence spectroseopy.
AM1C-8716
"SAMPLING THE EDIBLE MUSCLE OF THE SWORDFKH (XIPHIAS GLADIUS) FOR TOTAL MERCURY
ANALYSIS", Freeman, H, C., Home, D. A., Journal of the Fisheries Research Board
of Canada, Vol. 30, No. 8, August 1973, pp 1251-1252.
         Samples from the longitudinal, depth, and transverse muscle sections of three
svordflsh vere analyzed for total mercury by atomic absorption spectrophotcmetry.  The
objective was to determine whether a sample from any area would be representative of
all muscle tissue.  The total mercury was uniformly distributed, In the edible muscle
tissue of the awordfish demonstrating that a small sample from any region is
representative of the whole muscle tissue.

INDEX TERMS:  Sampling, Mercury, Swordfish, Muscle, Atomic absorption spectrophototnetry.
 AMIC-&72U
 "INFLUENCE OF HEATDKJ RATE ON ANALYTICAL RESPONSE IN FLAMELESS ATOMIC ABSORPTION
 SPECTHOMBTRY", Torsi, G., Tessari,  G.,  Analytical Chemistry, Vol. U5, No. 11,
 September 1973, PP I8l2-l8l6.

          A graphite rod flameless atomic absorption spectrometer was assembled with
 high chopping speed, fast response, and good noise rejection.  The  influence of the
 input power on the analytical sensitivity was investigated using chromium as a probe
 for rods of different geometrical dimensions.   In satisfactory agreement with the
 theoretical model, a linear relationship was found between the peak absorption with
 both toe Input power and the thermal derivative at the evaporating  surface.  The
 possibility of obtaining kinetic information about the evaporation  process is
 discussed.   A new detection limit value,  2 plcograms  for chromium,  is also reported.
 (Reprinted from Analytical Chemistry. Vol. 1*5,  No.  11, September 1973, PP 1812-1816.
 Copyright 1973 by the American Chemical Society.   Reprinted by permission of the
 copyright owner.)

 INDEX TERMS:   Analytical techniques, Heating, Rates,  Chemical analysis, Chromium,
       Heavy metals,  Spectrometers,  Performance, Temperature, Instrumentation, Evapora-
       tion,  Theoretical  analysis, Absorption, Flameless atomic absorption spectro-
       photcmetry,  Graphite rod atomizer, Sensitivity, Detection limits.
AMIC-87ltO
 "SAunsG-our OF ACETONE FROM WATER - BASIS OF A NEW SOLVENT EXTRACTION SYSTEM",
Mjttkovleh, C. E., Christian, G. D., Analytical Chemistry, Vol. U5, No. 11,
September 1973, PP 1915-1921.

         Seventy-nine compounds have been Investigated as possible salting-out agents
for the separation of acetone from aqueous solutions and Its use for solvent extraction
of  metal chelatea.  Saturated aqueous salt solutions were prepared from ACS reagent
grade chemicals at room temperature and allowed to sit with Intermittent agitation for
at  least 7 days at room temperature before experimentation.  Reagent grade acetone
was used and Karl Fischer tltrations were used to determine the amount of water present
In  the acetone.  Atomic absorption spectropbotometric and radioactivity techniques
were used In determining the best salting-out agents.  Three of the compounds,  calcium
chloride, magnesium chloride, and sucrose,  were superior In that they were efficient
salting-out agents, were not strong complexlng agents, their pH could be readily
adjusted, and they did not react with many commonly used chelating agents.   The solvent
extraction Of the cobalt-1-pyrrolldinecarbodithioate chelate using calcium chloride
as the salting-out agent has been demonstrated using radlotracere.   Acetone separated
from saturated calcium chloride solution contained 0.321 plus or minus 0.011 percent
water (v/v) and 212 ppm salt (wt/v) at equilibrium.  Equilibrium was achieved in 2 hr,
but could be reached rapidly by centrifuging for 3 mln.
IHDEX TERMS:  Salts,  Halldes,  Separation techniques,  Aqueous solutions,  Solvent
      extractions. Chemical precipitation,  Radioactivity techniques,  Solvent extraction
      systems, Acetone,  Organic solvents. Chemical recovery,  Metal  chelates.
                                                                                      15

-------
                                                                           1.  PHYSICAL AKD CHEMICAL METHODS
 AMIC-87U3
 "MESim. OXIDE AS AH EXTRACTING AGENT FOB BERYLLIUM", Dbond, P. V., Khopkar,
 Analytical Chemistry. Vol. 1*5, Ho. 11, September 1973, PP 1937-1938.
S. M.,
          Beryllium nitrate was dissolved In distilled water to Investigate the
 usefulness of nesityl oxide ( b..methyl-3-pentene-£-one) as an extracting agent.  Die
 procedure Involved adding hydrochloric acid and potassium thiocyanate to an aliquot
 of solution containing 20 micrograms Be, transferring the aqueous phase to a
 separator/ funnel, and extracting with mesltyl oxide for 3 minutes.   After the two
 layers separate. Be is stripped off by shaking once with distilled water.  Sodium
 acetate is added to the aqueous phase, the pH adjusted, aluminon is  added,  the
 solution allowed to stand for 20 minutes, and the absorbance measured at 530 no.   The
 method is simple, sensitive, selective, and applicable at mlerogram  concentrations of
 Be.  Common inorganic and organic ions were veil tolerated.   Recovery of Be was 99.5
 percent plus or minus 0,5 percent.

 INDEX TERMS:  Separation techniques. Beryllium,  Aqueous solutions, Chemical
       interference,  Mesltyl oxide.
AMIC-67W*
 "IMPROVEMENTS  IN THE  MANGANESE DICKER  COLLECTION OF TRACE LEAD AND BISMUTH IN NICKEL",
Blakeley, St.  J. H.,  Hanson, A.,  Zetka, V. J., Analytical Chemistry. Vol. U5, No. 11,
September 1973,  PP  19^1-19^3.

          Investigation of the  method of using manganese dioxide for copreclpltatlng
microgram quantities  of lead and  bismuth  in nickel prior  to atomic absorption analysis
showed that lead recoveries were  low and  not  reproducible.  Using aqueous solutions of
the metals dissolved  in acid,  it  was found that formation of manganese dioxide in a
boiling solution, as  used in the  method,  results  In  a precipitate which has its
collecting power for  lead substantially reduced by the high ionic strength of the
solution due to the large excess  of  nickel ions.  By raising the pH to U-5 and by
performing the permanganate oxidation In  the  cold solution, the extent of lead
collection increased  to 9^-99  percent in  a single precipitation.  However, for the
highest accuracy, a second precipitation  is recommended for complete collection of
lead   The working range  of the method  Is 5-120 micrograms each of lead and Bismuth.
The precision,  expressed as relative standard deviation,  is 0.03 microgram laad and
0.05 microgram bismuth.

INDEX TEOCt  Separation techniques, Lead, Nickel, Hydrogen ion concentration, Sample
      preparation,  Coprecipitatlon, Bismuth, Atomic  absorption spectrophotometry,
      Chemical recovery, Detection limits.
AMIC-67«*8
"MULTIELEMENT INSTRUMENTAL NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS OF BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS",
Nadkarai, R. A., Morrison, G. H., Analytical Chemistry, Vol.  1*5,  No. 11,  September
1973, PP 1957-1960.

         The present study describes an INAA method capable of determining up to  36
elements, including many of the essential and toxlcological trace elements.   Since no
chemical processing is involved, volatile elements such as As,  Br, Ci, Hg,  Se,  and Sb
are not lost in the method.  Also, no chemical yields need to be  determined for each of
the elements determined.  The method uses a multielement biological standard  during
irradiation which is similar in matrix element composition to the samples analyzed.
This minimizes differences in neutron self-shielding and absorption effects between the
standard and samples, as well as eliminates the task of preparing a large number  of
synthetic standards.  With regard to the capability of determining the essential
elements in biological materials, the INAA method has successfully measured Co, Cr,
Cu, Fe, Mn, Mo, Se, Zn, Hi, V, Na, K, Mg, and Ca.  Because of adverse nuclear
properties F, B, P, and S cannot be measured using thermal neutron activation analysis
and eun» spectrometry.  Iodine and Sn could not be measured  in these samples because
they are present below the detection limit of the method.   Of the toxicoological
elements, Ba, Ni, Ag, Hg, As, Sb, and Br can be measured by this  method.  Li, Be,  Pb,
and Bi cannot be measured because of adverse nuclear porpertles,  and Cd in  these
samples is below the detection limit.  Finally, the INAA method can also  determine
Al, Rb, Cl, Sr, La, Lu, Yb, Sc, Cs, and Eu in biological samples.
INDEX TERMS:  Pollutant identification, Trace elements,  Instrumental neutron
      activation analysis, Biological samples,  Multlelemental analysis.
             AMIC-8752
             "VOLTAMMETRIC  DETERMINATION OF NITRATE AND NITRITE IONS USING A ROTATING CADMIUM
             DISK EI£CTRODE", Davenport, R. J., Johnson, D. C., Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 1»5,
             No.  11,  September  1973, PP 1979-1990.

                      Cathodic  current-potential curves are described which have been obtained with
             a rotating cadmium disk electrode (BCEE) in weakly acidic solutions of nitrate and
             nitrite  ions.  At  low rotational velocities and bulk concentration, the cathodic
             currents are limited by convective-diffuaional mass transport.  Based on the reported
             results  it is  thought that rapid procedures for the accurate determination of nitrate
             and  nitrite ions in aqueous solutions can be developed based on voltammetry with
             cadmium  electrodes.  Many  species are expected to interfere in the determination
             including oxygen and transition metal cations which can be reduced at the electrode
             and  separations are required.

             INDEX  TERMS:   Nitrates, Nitrites, Pollutant identification. Methodology, Chemical
                   analysis. Electrochemistry, Aqueous solutions. Ions, Rotating cadmium disk
                   electrodes,  Voltaametry, Rotating disk electrodes. Cadmium electrodes.
                                                                                       16

-------
                                                                          1.  PHYSICAL AKD CHEMICAL METflDBB
AMIC-8756
 "SILICA GEL AS AS IRSOLUBLE CAHRIER FOR THE PREPARATIOH OF SELECTIVE CHHOMATOGRAiHIC
 ADSORBEHTS - THE  PREPARATION  OF SJOTROXYqUIHOLINE SUBSTITUTED SILICA GEL FOR THE
 CHELATIOlf CHRDMATOCRAPfflf OF SOJC TRACE  WTALS", Hill, J.  M.,  Journal of Chromtography.
 Vol.  76, No. 2, February 28,  1973,  pp <*55->»58.

          Aminopropyl  silica gel made  by treating chromatographlc grades of silica
 gel with 3-aminopropyl trlethoxy silane, la reacted with  p-nitrobenzoyl chloride and
 the J»02 group reduced to JSH2 with sodium dlthlonlte.  Dlazotizatlon and reaction
 with  8-hydroxyqulnollne produces a  dark red silica gel  derivative which can be used
 for the removal,  concentration and  separation of trace  amounts of copper  and other
 biologically Important trace-metal  cations from solutions of  high Ionic strength.
 The preparation of other selective  adsorbents with different  reactive groups is
 discussed.

 IBDEX TERMS: Trace elements,  Copper, Adsorption, Manganese,  Zinc, Heavy  metals,
       Chelation chromatography,  8-Hydroxyquinollne, Amlnopropyl silica gel, Adsorbents,
       3-Amlnopropyl trlethoxy  sllane, Dlazotiiatlon, Sample preparation.
 "GAS-LIQUID CHTOMfVTOGRAPltt-Mft.SS SPECTHOJCTRY OF OHQABOICBCURt COMPOUHDS", Baughman,
0. L., Carter, M. H., Wolf, N.  L.. Zepp, R. G., Journal of Chroaatography, Vol. 76,
Ho. 2, February 28, 1973. PP  «*71-fc76.

         Gas-liquid Chromtography -own spectrometry  (GLC-MS) was used to study OLC
behavior of organomercury compounds, specifically, dlmethylnercury and nethylaercurlc
salts and phenylmercury compounds.  For reference the compounds were ehromatographed.
using flameionlzatlon and electron capture detectors.   Analyses of ttoe metbylmereury
and ihenylmereury conpounds were performed, respectively,  on 6 ft by 1/U In. el»»»
c^vmrHontalnine Chromosort) W coated with 5 percent dlethylenegJyeol succinate and 3
percent OV-I on Chromosorb W.   The data confirmed that  at  low concentrations all
              ealts give peaks  having the same retention ti«e and that l°nle^,
              compounds undergo decomposition during  OLC.  The decomposing proportion
                    as the saaple size decreases.  The  phenylioercury salts, even at larg,
       sizes  decompose to givrdlphenylmercury *(DPM)  as  the major product.  Reliable
a-es lor'meSercury silts »y be achieved using  OCbuton!, « ^^^^
oolumfls are used to mke the  decomposition reactions  reproducible.  Since phenylmercury
«alts decompose extensively, OLC is not a good method for  their analysis.
MDEX TEMB:
              Pollutent identification, Chemical analysis. Chemical degradation,
                    compounds, OC-Mass spectrometry. Gas liquid chromatography,
                    , KLameloniiation gas chromatography, Electron capture gas
      chronatography.
                                                                                           "TStt-LAYER CHHOMATCGRAPIH AMD EHZX>E INHIBITION TECHSIftUES.  ISTROEWCTIOH",  Mendoza,
                                                                                          C, £., Journal of Chromatography, Vol. 78, Ho. 1, April 11, 1973, PP 29-"*0.

                                                                                                   Thin-layer chronBtography continues to be an integral part of analytical
                                                                                          chemistry because it is versatile, sensitive, simple and rapid.  The application of
                                                                                          enzymatic methods to thin-layer chronatography is becoming more important.  This
                                                                                          chromatographlc-enzymatic technique has been developed for studies of metabolic
                                                                                          pathways of pesticides, residue analyses and forensic chemistry.  The discussions deal
                                                                                          with the development of chromatographic techniques using enzymatic reactions  to detect
                                                                                          pesticides and other biologically active compounds, principles of the technique,
                                                                                          comparison of detection limits by various methods and enzymes, and practical
                                                                                          applications of the technique and methods of quantitatlon.

                                                                                          IHEEX TERMS:  Pollutant identification, Pesticide residues. Analytical techniques,
                                                                                                Pesticides, Chemical analysis, Methodology, Selectivity, Thin layer
                                                                                                chromatography. Enzyme inhibition techniques, Biological samples. Detection
                                                                                                limits, Sensitivity, Environmental samples.
"ULTRATRACE AHALYSIS (BELOW p.p.b.) BY COUPLING CEHTRIPETAL THIN-LAYER CHROMATOGRAPHY
AMD GAS CHBOMATOGRAPHY", Janak, J., Martlnu,  V., Ruzlckova, J., Journal of
Chrcoatography, Vol. 78, Ho. 1, April 11,  1973, PP 127-131.

         A method for the determination of ultratrace amounts  of  lindane by centripetal
thin-layer chromatography combined with gas chrcmatography under  common laboratory
conditions Is described,  The method was used for the determination of pesticide
contents In the dry material obtained from cabbage from a trial field.  The accuracy of
the analysis under the conditions easily available in routine  work is  0.1  ppb.
sensitivity limit of the method is 0.001 ppb with analytical precision.  The ci
of flat-bed and column techniques, suggested In this  paper and represented by
rentrlnetal chromtosranhy plus GC with an electron-capture detector,  will be
useful^oTuUrSralfSalysis.  The possibility of processing relatively  large volumes
of solvents containing minute amounts of compound to  be analyzed,  without  prior
purification, will permit the wider utilization of the technique  in the analysis of
extracts of biological materials.

IMEX TEHC:  Methodology, Chemical analysis, Pollutant identification, Chlorinated
      hydrocarbon pesticides, Plant tissues,  Pesticide residues.  Trace levels,
      Llndane, Centripetal thin layer Chromtography, Electron capture gas
      chromatography. Detection limits.
                                                                                      17

-------
                                                                           1.
 AMIC-6768
  "THE USE  OF PRESSURE-ASSISTED Ligjm CHKOMMBGRAPHY IH THE SEPARATION OF POLYNUCLEAR
 HYDROCARBONS", Vaughan, C. G., Wheale, B. B., Whitehouse, M. J., Journal of
 Chromatography. Vol. 78, No. 1, April 11, 1973, pp 803-210.

           The use of pressure-assisted liquid ebromatography in the separation of
 polynuclear hydrocarbon mixtures in used engine oils is described.  Several column
 packings  have been Investigated and columns containing Cornell/CIS have been shown to
 be capable  of achieving useful and reproducible separations of these materials.  The
 detection limits of the procedure using both ultraviolet and fluorescence detectors
 have been determined, and the effects of temperature and solvent composition on the
 separations studied.

 INDEX TERMS:  Separation techniques, Pollutant identification. Chemical analysis,
       Organic compounds. Temperature, Solvents, Methodology, Engine oil, Polynuclear
       hydrocarbons, Pressure-assisted liquid chromatography. Detection limits,
       Reproducibility, Fluorescence detectors,  Mixtures, Ultraviolet detectors,
       Fluorlmetric detectors, Chromatographic columns, Column preparation,  Oil
       fingerprinting. Oil characterization.
                                                                               PHYSICAL AKD CHEMICAL METHODE
 AMIC.8772
 "PETROCHEMICAL AHALYTICAL PROBLEMS.  II.   GAS-LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPHIC-MASS
 SPECTROMETMC IHVESTTCATIOH OF IHDUSTRIAL DODECYLBENZEHES",  OtVOS,  I.,  Iglewsfci, S.,
 Hunneman, D.  H.,  et al.,  Journal of Chromatography.  Vol.  7&, Ho.  2,  April 25, 1973,
 PP 309-316.

          The  Industrial dodecylbenzenes linearil,  soft and hard DDB, Marllkan, and
 Dobane JH were studied by gas-liquid chromatography  - mass spectrometry (GLC-M5).
 Osnometric average molecular weights were measured with a Knauer  vapor  tension
 OBmometer In  benzene solution.   The components  of  samples containing linear alkyl groups
 could be  identified.   The average molecular weights  calculated frou the measurements
 agree with Independent molecular weight data.   On  the basis  of the experimental data
 obtained,  the following conclusions vere  reached:  (1) The combined  01C-KS method
 provides  reliable qualitative and quantitative  analytical data for the  most important
 characteristics of linear chain detergent aUtylates, even when using a  simple GIC-MS
 system    (2)  The  OLCJC dats could be controlled by  Independent methods and good
 agreement was found.   (3)  For branched  chain products, the GI£-MS measurement yields
 only  qualitative  results  of  indicative  character.  The qualitative data may have some
 significance  when making  decisions regarding the applications of  the substances, but
 it  is more Important to know the average  molecular weight, which  can be obtained only
by  other physical methods  until the OC  resolution  can be  significantly  Improved.
{U} Alkylladanes  and/or alkyltetrallns  could be detected  in  each  I£  sample.
(5) According to  the molecular  weight determinations,  the products investigated are
undecylbenzenes on average, but according to the literature  data  a mean carbon number
of ca. 12.5 could be expected in the alkyl  chain.  (6) Unequivocal evidence could be
obtained that within the sensitivity limits of  the measurements (ca. 0.05 percent) on
                                                       .    .    -                      —
 AMIC-8772 (Continued)

 the products  sold as biodegradable,
 be  found.
                                    Card 2/2
'soft' products, no branched chain isomers are to
 INDEX TERMS:  Chemical analysis, Pollutant identification,  Methodology,  OC-Mass
      spectrometry,  Industrial dodecylbenzenes, Petrochemicals,  Characterization,
      Chemical composition. Flame ionization gas chromatography, Molecular weight,
      Sensitivity, Aromatic hydrocarbons.
AMIC-8773
"A SYSTEM FOR PODfACRYLAMIDE GEL ELECIROPHORESIS  OF HUMIC ACIDS", Klocking, R.,
Journal of Chromatography. Vol.  78,  No.  2,  April  25, 1973, PP
         A system Is described for the separation of hvanic acid fractions of different
molecular weight.  Using polyacrylamide gel  electropnoresis the best results were
obtained with a spacer gel of pH 10.3  and a  separating gel of pH 8.9.  Under these
experimental conditions humic acids of peat  water give two sharply bounded zones in
sodium dodecyl sulphate free buffer and three bands in buffer containing 0.1 percent
sodium dodecyl sulphate.  (In German)

INDEX TEBMS:  Humic acids, Methodology,  Separation techniques. Organic acids, Chemical
      analysis,  Water analysis,  Hydrogen ion concentration, Peat water, Polyacrylamide
      gel electrpphorcBis, Sodium dodecyl sulfate.

-------
                                                                           1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHnTK
 AMIC-8787
 "CADMIUM CONCENTRATIONS IN SOME FISH SPECIES FROM A COASTAL AREA HI SOUTHERN HOWAY",
 Havre, 0. N., Underdal, B., Christiansen, C., Olkos. Vol. Sh, Ho. 1, 1973, pp 155-157.

          Hie method and results are reported for the analysis of fish for the presence
 of cadmium.  Fish caught in a Norwegian coastal area vere stored at minus 20 C -until
 analysis by atonic absorption spectrophotometry.  Sample preparation Involved
 homogenizing, wet ashing, adjusting the pH to 3.0, buffering, and solvent extraction
 using a  mixture of APDC (ammonium pyrrolidine dithlocarbamate) and MIBK (methyl
 isobutyl ketone).  The cadmium concentrations vere low, varying from 0.003 to 0.012
 mlcrogram/g wet weight in cod, and from 0.002 to 0.029 microgram/g, and 0.003 to 0.033
 microgram/g, In whiting and herring, respectively.  Hie results could Indicate a
 slightly greater accumulation of  cadmium in fat fish as compared to lean fish.  Ho
 correlation seems to exist between the cadmium concentration and the total weight of
 the fish.

 INDEX TERMS:  freshwater fish, Saline water fish, Chemical analysis, Cadmium, Pollutant
       identification, Methodology, Atomic absorption spec tropho tome try.
AMIC-8791 (Continued)
Card 2/2
 solution could be related to the initial protein:sediment ratio by the equation:   c
 equals k times the quantity P sub o divided by m raised to the n power.  Variations in
 temperature from 5 C to 25 C bad no detectable effect on the amount of protein adsorbed.
 The amount of protein adsorbed at the pH of the natural water systems vas  so little as
 to lead  to the conclusion that, its adsorption on to suspended sediments would have a
 negligible effect on the rate at which the protein would be decomposed in  the aqueous
 environment.

 INDEX TERMS:  Proteins, Adsorption, Aquatic environment, Suspended solids,  Sediments,
      Environmental effects, Water temperature, Hydrogen ion concentration,  Variability,
      Soil analysis, Water analysis, Natural waters. Chemical concentration,
      Characterization, Fate of pollutants.
 AMC-8791
 "PROTEIN ADSORPTION BY SUSPENDED SEDIMENTS:  EFFECTS OF pH, TEMPERATURE,  AND
 CONCENTRATION", Murray, A. P., Environmental Pollution, Vol. U, No.  U,  June 1973,
 pp 301-312.

          This study was a preliminary Investigation into the role played by suspended
 sediment In  the self-purification process in natural waters.  The affinities of sediment
 materials from various natural, silt-laden waters In Alaska, and their  variation with
 pH,  temperature and protein concentration, were determined for the protein bovine  serum
 albumin.   Water and bottom soil samples were collected from Alaskan  river systems  In
 summer and autumn.   The water samples were characterized In terms of the  particle  size
 distributions of their suspended matter and the »oil samples were characterized before
 their use in adsorption experiments.   The sediment sample or reference  sample for  the
 adsorption experiments was placed in  an Erlenaeyer flask to which was added a
 taBperature-equlUDrated solution of  the protein in distilled water  or  buffer solution.
 The flask was capped,  contents mixed, set in an Incubator-shaker and shaken at 200 rpm
 on a  rotary motion  shaker at a known  temperature for at least 2k h.   To determine  the
 amount at protein remaining in solution at euqlllbrium, an aliquot of the suspension
 vas centrlfuaed and the supernatant vas analyzed for protein by the  Folin-Ciocalteu
 colorimetricrmethod.  As expected,  the pH of the water «yBtem plays  an  Important role
 In the amount of  the protein bovine serum  albumin adsorbed by suspended  sediment*.   For
 the soil materials  studied,  maximum adsorption was observed at pH 3; minliom at pH 6.5.
The behavior of the AJatoan sedl*ent« In this respect vas similar to that of kaolinite
and montmorlllonlte but unlike that of llllte.   From experiments In  which the
adaorptive capacities of the sediments vere measured as a function of the Initial  amount
ofproteln, it vaa found that the equilibrium concentration of protein  remaining in
  	.    -                                                          —
 "DISPERSION AND TRANSPORT OF BHODAHLNE B DYE AND MEraOJOTCHLOR IN RUNNING WATER:  A
 PRELIMINARY STUDif", Wallace, R. R., Merrltt, W. F.,  West, A.  S.f Environmental
 Pollution. Vol. 5, No. 1, July 1973, pp 11-18.

         A study vas carried out to ascertain if the fluorescent dye Rhod&mine B
 (tetraethyl dl-amlno-o-carboxy-phenyl-xantJienyl chloride) could be used as an indicator
 for the Insecticide methoxychlor (l,l,l-trichloro-2,2-bis(p-methoxyphenyl)etJiane) which,
 when used as an emulsifiable concentrate against blackfly larvae, disperses readily
 In running vater.  Two streams north of Bale Comeau, Quebec,  were used with the
 chemicals being administered to fast water riffles in both streams.  Concurrent
 Insecticide -Rhodamlne B treatments and experiments with Rhodamine B alone vere carried
 out.  A submersible sampling pump was placed mid-channel near the bottom of the stream
 to ensure a constant flow of about 12 1/min to the fluorooeter.  Readings vere
 recorded at minute Intervals and the insecticide residue content in water samples was
 determined by fluorometry and sis-liquid chronatography.  The arrival times for the
peak concentration of dye were quite different in the 2 streams at roughly equivalent
distances downstream.  However, the results have shown that the dye can provide useful
 information for planning future larviclde treatments and can  form a basis for monitoring
 insecticide concentrations downstream from ground-level application sites, or for
predicting effects in other streams of similar character in advance of actual or
potential loadings.

INDEX TERMS:  Pesticide kinetics,  Dye dispersion, Monitoring, Path of pollutants,
      Running waters, Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides, Fluorescent dye. Pesticide
      residues. Water analysis, Pollutant identification, Rhodamlne B, Methoxychlor,
      Chemical Indicators.

-------
                                                                          1.  PHYSICAL AET1 HHRMTCAL METHODS
AM1C-8791*
 "POLLUTED SNOW IN SOUTHERN NORWAY AMD TOE EFFECT OF TOE MELTOATER ON FFESHWATER
AND AQUATIC ORGANISMS", Hagen, A., Langeland, A., Environmental Pollution, Vol. 5,
No. 1, July 1973,  pp 1*5-57.

          In winter,  surface water In  some oligo-dystrophlc lakes In southern Norway
differed  physico-chemlcally from what might be expected.  Analyses of snow and of
Ice-trapped and surface water showed  that, polluted enow had a considerable Influence
on the quality of water in lakes and  brooks In the winter and spring.  Great
quantities of,  for example, SOU  (2 minus), MO3 (minus), Zn and Pb were found
together  with  high acidity.   The Zn concentration and acidity found are known to be
dangerous to fish.   The contaminants  in general have probably had a. negative effect
on fish and invertebrates.  It is probable that oligotrophlc lakes are more susceptible
to contamination than dystrophic lakes.

INDEX TERMS:  Melt water, Water  pollution effects, Aquatic animals, Snowmelt,
      Oligotrophy, Dystrophy, Physicochemical properties, Surface waters, Iced lakes,
      Snow cover, Snow contamination, Norway, Ovre Lcmtjorn,  Lake Flovatn.
AMC-9796
"M5ICYRY:  EHVIROJOCNTAL CONSIDERATIONS,  PART I", Krenkel, P. A., CRC - Critical
Reviews in Environmental Control, Vol. 3, So.  3, May 1973, PP 303-373.

         The author has  undertaken to define  the mercury problem In relation to Its
sources, environmental distribution, biological transformations, decontamination
potential and physiological effects.  Included in this treatise are additional sections
on total mercury analysis and methyljnercury analysis in which are reviewed sample
preparation and methods  of analysis.

IMDEX TERMS:   Mercury,  Ecological distribution, Aquatic environment. Chemical analysis,
      Water pollution sources, Vater pollution effects. Water pollution, Air pollution,
      Soil contamination, Documentation, Analytical techniques, Reviews, Municipal
      wastes  Ice cover. Food chains, Aquatic  life, Bloassay, Methodology, Farm wastes,
      Domestic wastes. Solid wastes, Hunan diseases, Toxicity, Water analysis,
      Inorganic compounds. Aquatic populations, Freshwater fish. Marine fish, Rocks,
      Freshwater, Saline water, Aquatic soils, Industrial wastes. Path of pollutants,
      Environmental effects,  Groundwater, Sewage effluents. Aqueous solutions. Soil
      analysis  Organomereury compounds,  Snow contamination, Msthylation, Biotransforma-
      S«S BlolSSna^lca^onrBioaccumulation, Natural waters, Hydrogeochemistry,
      Mercury raSisotppeT  Ceochemical cycles^heMcal concentration, Detection
      limits   Fate of pollutants, Degradation products, Decontamination, Sample
      Separation! Biological half-life,  Median tolerance limit, Mercury compounds.
                                                                                      20
 AMIC-8802
 "THE RAPID DETERMINATION OF THE OBGANOPHOSFHORUS PESTICIDES DIAZINON AND DICHLDRVOS
 IN BLOOD BY GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY", Machln, A.  F., Quick, M. P., Waddell, D. F., Analyst,
 Vol. 98, No. 116U,  March 1973,  PP 176-180.'
          A rapid method for the gas-chromatographic determination of diazinon and
 dlchlorvos In blood is described.   Protein is precipitated by mixing the blod with an
 excess of acetone containing an internal standard and the supernatant liquid is
 injected, directly or after concentration,  into the gas chromatograph.  A thermionic
 phosphorus detector is used.  Recoveries are satisfactory from 0.1 ml of blood
 containing 0.1 ppm of the pesticide without concentration of the extract.  If a. 1-ml
 sample is used and the extract  concentrated, 0.02 ppm can be determined.  It is
 suggested that the method should be applicable to a wide range of organophosphorus
 pesticides.  The method is  also shown to be effective for determining diazinon in
 tissues and organs,  but it  is not recommended for this purpose.

 INDEX TERMS:   Diazinon,  Pollutant identification. Chemical analysis, Methodology,
       Phosphothioate pesticides, Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides, Blood,
       Thermionic gas chronatography, Dichlorvos, Chemical recovery,  Sample
       preparation, Detection limits.
AMIC-880U
"THE APPLICATION OF THE THIN-LAYER CHROHATOGRAPHIC - ENZYME IMBIBITION TECHNIQUE TO
ORGAHOCHLORINE INSECTICIDES", Bogusz, M., Borkowski, T.,  Analyst, Vol. 98, No. 11&+,
Kirch 1973, PP 190-193.

         An Investigation was conducted in order to evaluate the possible Influence of
organochlorine insecticides (active substances and formulations) on results obtained by
the thin-layer chronBtographic - engine Inhibition technique and to elucidate the
mechanism of such an influence.  A modified method of Mendoza et al. (1969) was used
with up to 30 mlcrograms of standards and corresponding formulations being spotted onto
the plates.  Enzyme (esterase) activity was measured in a dilute liver homogenate.  By
use of this technique,  lindane In amounts of 50O ng or more  Is detected, whereas the
other pesticides tested (p,p* J)DT, methoxychlor,  heptachlor,  aldrin, dieldrin, and
endrin) remain undetected up to 10 micrograms.   Positive  results for the tests for
organophosphorus and carbanate pesticides with the thin-layer ehromatographlc - enzymatic
technique therefore require corroboration from other tests to exclude the possibility
of the presence of lindane.  Kinetic enzymatic  studies have  shown that lindane is a
nan-competitive inhibitor of carboxylesterase,  the predominant enzyme of liver
homogenate, which Is responsible for the hydrolysis of a  chromogenlc substrate.  Lindane
does not inhibit the cholinesterase in liver homogenate.

INDEX OERMS:   Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides,  Methodology, Pollutant identification,
      Chemical analysis.  Insecticides,  Enzyme inhibition  technique,  Thin layer
      chromatography, Detection limits.  Enzyme  activity.

-------
                                                                           1.  PHYSTr.tT. MID cmarrcAi. MRTHOIE
  AMIC-8805
  "A STUDT OF THE VARIATION WITH pH OF THE SOLUBILITY AHD STABILITY OF SC*E METAL IOHS
  AT LOW CONCENTRATIONS IN AqUEOHB SOLUTION.   PART ", Smith, A. E., Analyst. Vol. 98.
  No. 116U, March 1973, PP 209-212.                                	

           Atomicabsorption spectrophotonietry was used to determine trace levels of
  metal Ions In aqueous solution containing 0.5 percent m/v of sodium chloride In order
  to Investigate the effect of pH upon their  stability, solubility and ease of adsorption
  during storage.  It was found that of the thirteen metal Ions investigated, namely
  those of gold, barium, bismuth, cadmium, indium, lithium, palladium, platinum, rhodium,
  ruthenium,  antimony,  tin and thallium, with the  exception of lithium, none is stable
  over the pH range from 1 to 11,  and  that to ensure the stability of solutions containing
  these ions  it is necessary to acidify them  to pH 1 vlth hydrochloric acid immediately
  after sampling.

  INDEX TERMS:   Aqueous solutions.  Cations, Heavy  metals, Pollutant identification,
        Hydrogen ion concentration. Stability,  Solubility, Water storage, Methodology,
        Atomic  absorption spectrophotometry. Rare  earth elements, Trace levels.
 AMIC-8806
 "A COMPARISON OF A WET PRESSURE DIGESTION METHOD Vim OTHER COMMONS USED WET AJD
 DRY-ASHING METHODS", Adrian, W. J., Analyst. Vol. 98, Ho. 116U, March 1973,  pp 213-216.

          A wet-digestion method for the determination of metals and phosphorus In
 biological material that involves the use of pressure la described and comparisons are
 made with the standard dry and wet-ashing methods and the sulphuric acid-hydrogen
 peroxide method.  Big sage (Artemisia tridentata) was chosen as the test material.
 A  5OO-g sample was ground to a homogenous mixture and twenty-five 0.5-g subaamples
 were used for each method.  The same acid stock was used for each method and all
 samples were predigested overnight with the exception of those being determined by
 the  dry-ashing and sulfurlc acid-hydrogen peroxide methods.   The pressure method has
 the  advantage of being able to digest many samples at the same time (to the  extent
 that the cations sought and phosphorus can be extracted Into dilute nitric acid) with
very  little  equipment,  small volumes of acid and with a low digestion temperature
(that of hot tap water), with the precision of more laborious standard methods.

      TERMS:  Methodology,  Chemical analysis,  Metals, Phosphorus, Separation techniques.
      Chemical degradation.  Sample preparation,  Biological samples,  Chemical digestion.
      Wet ashing, Dry ashing,  Precision,  Hydrogen peroxide,  Sulfuric acid, Artemisia
      trldentata.
                                                                                      21
 AMrC-6609
 "lETEEMINATIOH OF CHLORITE IM AQUEOUS SOIL EXTRACTS AHD WATER SAMPLES BY MEANS OF A
 CHLORITE SELECTIVE ELECTROEE", Selmer-Olsen, A. R., Oien, A., Analyst. Vol. 98,
 No. 1167, June 1973,  pp >»12-U15»

          Different types of soil and water samples were analyzed for the presence of
 chloride with an Orion chloride-selective  electrode and the results were compared with
 those obtained by the Technieon Auto Analyzer method.  Ten-gram, air-dried soil samples
 were shaken with 0.5  M ammonium nitrate solution, and the extracts were either centri-
 fuged or filtered.  0.3 M nitric  acid was  added to the extracts before measurement
 with the electrode.  Ammonium nltraate-nitric acid reagent was added to the water
 samples and the chloride content  measured.  The chloride content was determined at
 levels up to 100 mg/1.   Comparison of this method vith the colorimetric Auto Analyzer
 method showed no significant difference between the results obtained.  For low chloride
 concentrations (below 3 mg/1 of extract) It is better to use the Auto Analyzer method
 If accurate measurements are required.  Above this concentration, the chloride electrode
 seems to be satisfactory.  The  chloride content in the range of 10-100 mg/1 can be
 determined by direct  read-out on  the  instrument.

 INDEX TERMS:   Soil  analysis.  Water analysis. Chlorides, Pollutant identification,
       Chloride electrodes, Ion  selective electrodes.
A MIC-8816
"DETERMINATION OF ORTBOfflOSHIATE", Huxtable, R.,  Bressler,  R., Analytical Biochemistry,
Vol. 51*, No. 2, August 1973, pp 6oU-6o6.

         The flake and SubbaRow colorimetric procedure for  phosphate determination
 was modified by Baginski et al.  In this method,  further color development at the
termination of reaction by additional release of phosphate  is prevented by using a
complexing agent.  However, the presence of ATP suppresses  color development.  To
eliminate this problem, the following procedure was developed:  1 ml of 5 percent
triehloroacetlc acid is added to the sample to be  analyzed.  Water is added to bring
the volume to 3 ml; 0.5 ml of 2.5 percent ammonium molybdate followed by 0.2 ml of
0.2 percent amlnonaphthol sulfonic acid (ANSA)  are next added.  After a 2-mln Interval,
1 ml of 8 percent sodium citrate and 2 percent sodium arsenite in 2 percent acetic
acid is added.  The solution is mixed,  and left for 15 minutes.  Optical density Is then
read at 750 nm.   One mlcromole of phosphate gives  a color reading of 0.736 OD In a 1-cm
pathlength cell.

INDEX TERMS:  Colorlmetry, Sample preparation,  Orthophosphates, Chemical interference.

-------
                                                                           1.  PHYSICAL AM) CHEMICAL METHODS
 AWC-8820
  "IHE CHEMISTRY AND QUANTITATIVE UTILITY OF SODIUM COBALTINITRITE IN THE DETERMINATION
 OF FHEHOLS", Smith, K. V., Garst, M. J., Analytics Chimica Acta, Vol. 65, No. 1, June
 1973, PP 69-75.

           The reaction of p-cresol with acidified cobaltlnltrlte has been qualitatively
 and quantitatively studied.  On an analytical scale, the reaction predominantly leads
 to 2-nitro-p-cresol.  The dimer of this compound has also been identified as a minor
 product.  Two methods have been devised for quantitative analysis.  The one involves
 measurement at 366 rur. of the 2-nltro-p-eresol formed, after extraction Into chloroform.
 The other employs  treatment with sodium hydroxide which causes conversion of
 2-nltro-p-cresol to its  anion which is measured at 1»33 nm.  The first method is superior
 in precision and is more rapidly performed.  The second provides greater sensitivity and
 potential selectivity.   Both are useful for analyzing p-cresol and may be applicable to
 other p-subsltituted  phenols.

 INDEX TERhE:  Aqueous solutions, Chemical analysis, p-Cresol, Thin layer chromatography,
        Atomic absorption  spectrophotometry, Sodium cobaltinltrite, Ultraviolet
        spectroscopy.
 AMIC-8822
 "THE EXTRACTION OF M3RCURY FHOM AQUEOUS SOLUTION WITH SUITED-TREATED POLYURETHAHE
 FOAM", Jfazurslcl, M. A. J,, Chow, A., Oesser, H. D., Analytiea Chimica Acta,  Vol.  6?,
 Ho.  1, June 1973, PP 99-1OU.

          Polyurethane foam treated in an electrical discharge with hydrogen sulfide
 was  shown to be very efficient for separating and concentrating mercury(ll)  chloride
 from aqueous solutions over the concentration range U.0-0.OCX* p.p.m. mercury.   The
 foam removed methylmercury( II) chloride from aqueous solutions over the concentration
 range 2.0-0.OCOU p.p.m.  nethylmercury, but somewhat less effectively.  The results were
 reproducible, and the overall method appears very simple and inexpensive.  This
 method would be very useful for concentrating very low concentrations of mercury from
 large volumes of water,  for aqueous solutions pass easily through the foams  at
 relatively high flow rates.  These foams should make useful monitoring devices  for
 mercury levels  In industry. In environmental analysis and in the laboratory  if
 quantitative  removal of  the mercury from the foams can be achieved.   Results from
 Soxhletlng the  foams with 2 M hydrochloric acid indicate that quantitative extraction
 and recovery of the  mercury from the foams is possible.  The effect of other ions
 competing against mercury for absorption does not appear to be Important when these
 ions are at the levels generally found in tap water.   This procedure is presently
being  extended to the selective extraction of other metals by the use of various
cotnplexlng agents on various  foams.
INDEX T2RK5:  Mercury,
      MethyljDercury.
Separation techniques, Aqueous solutions, Polonjrethane foam,
                                                                    AMIC-fl623
                                                                    'GAS-CHHOJftTOGBAFHIC BEIERMIHATIOlt OF SELENIUM",  Young,  J. V., Christian, G. D.,
                                                                    Analytiea Chimica Acta. Vol. 65, No. 1, June 1973, PP 127-138.

                                                                             Samples to be analyzed for selenium are prepared by reacting selenium  (IV)
                                                                    with 2,3*4iaminonaphtnalene at pH 2 to form the well established complex, which is
                                                                    extracted into hexane.  An aliquot of the hexane layer is analyzed  gas
                                                                    chromatographlcally with an electron-capture detector.  As little as  5 times 10 to the
                                                                    minus 10 g of selenium could be detected; 0.01 microgram of  selenium  could be
                                                                    determined in a sample by extracting into 0.1 ml  of hexane and injecting a 5-microliter
                                                                    aliquot of the extract.  The method was applied to the determination  of physiological
                                                                    amounts of selenium in human blood and urine.  Averages  of 0.35 p.p.m. and 0.007 p.p.m.
                                                                    selenium were found in blood and urine, respectively.  Biver water  samples were also
                                                                    analyzed.  Complete analysis time for a sample is less than  3 h, including time for
                                                                    digestion of the sample and 2 h for formation of  the complex.

                                                                    INDEX TERMS:  Gas chromatography. Urine, Water analysis,  Separation techniques,
                                                                          Selenium,  Blood, Detection limits, Chemical interference, Chemical recovery,
                                                                          Sensitivity,  ReprOducibility.
                                                                    AMXC-6832
                                                                    "THE DETERMINATION OF CHLORINATED ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBONS IN AIR, NATURAL WATERS,
                                                                    MARINE ORGANISMS,  AHD SEDOEHTS", Murray, A. J., Riley, J. P., Analytiea Chimica Acta,
                                                                    Vol. 65,  No.  2, June 1973, PP 261-270.

                                                                             A gas chromatographic procedure is described for the determination of
                                                                    chlorinated aliphatic hydrocarbons in the atmosphere, natural waters, aquatic
                                                                    or^nlsms and sediments.  Air samples are passed through activated carbon traps and the
                                                                    chloro compounds are later desorbed by heating in a current of nitrogen.  Chloro
                                                                    compounds are stripped from water samples by bubbling with nitrogen and from
                                                                    bio-oaterials and  sediments by heating in a current of nitrogen.  In each instance, the
                                                                    chlorinated compounds are trapped in copper columns packed with Chromosorb coated with
                                                                    silicone  oil,  and  cooled to -78 degrees.  The chloro compounds are subsequently swept
                                                                    off these columns  Into a gas chromatographlc column with a current of argon.
                                                                    Detection of  the chronatographlc peaks is performed with an electron-capture detector.
                                                                    The procedure gives near quantitative recoveries of a range of chlorinated hydrocarbons
                                                                    fro* natural  saaples.

                                                                    INDEX TERMS:   Chemical analysis, Pollutant identification, Air pollution,  Marine
                                                                          animals, Sediments, Sea water, Estuarlne environment, Chlorinated hydrocarbons,
                                                                          Natural waters,  Aliphatic hydrocarbons. Sample preparation,  Electron capture gas
                                                                          chromatography,  Chemical recovery, Chloroform, Carbon tetrachloride,
                                                                          Trichloroethylene, Tetrachloroethylene.

-------
                                                                           1.   PHYSICAL AMD CffiMTCAL METB3DS
 AMIC-883l»
 "THE RATE OF LOSS OF MERCURY FROM AQUEOUS SOLUTIOH WHEH STORED IS VARIOUS COir»I«EBS",
 Rosaln. R. M., Wai, C. M., Analytics Chimica Acta. Vol. 65, Bo. 2, July 1973, pp
 279-28U.

          Solutions of natural water and distilled water were spiked with mercury(II)
 (25 p.p.b.) and stored In polyethylene, polyvinyl chloride, and soft glass containers.
 Losses of mercury at different pH values were monitored by flameless atomic absorption
 for a total of 17 days.  Severe losses of mercury were observed at pH 2 and 7.
 Mercury lose from solution followed flrst^order kinetics; the half-lives of mercury
 loss under various conditions were calculated.  Acidification of the solutions to pH
 0.5 with nitric acid curtailed mercury loss substantially.  Possible ways of reducing
 the loss of mercury from environmental water samples are discussed.

 INDEX TERMS:  Mercury, Adsorption, Water storage, Aqueous solutions, Plastics, Heavy
       metals, Hydrogen ion concentration, Acidity, lone,  Chemical analysis, Water
       analysis, Time,  Pollutant identification,  Methodology, Polyvlnyl chloride,
       Chemical loss, Glass,  Datura! waters,  Distilled water, Flameless atomic
       absorption apectrophotooietry,  Detection limits, Sample preparation.
 AMIC-8836
 'DETERMfflmOH OF SOlC RARE-EAPTH ELEMENTS BY PLASMA-JET EMISSION SPECTROM5TK",
 Atsuya,  I.,  Goto, H.,  Analytics Chimica. Acta, Vol.  65, Wo. 2, July 1973t  PP 303-309-

          The effects of a magnetic field on spectral intensities in plasma-Jet
 spectrometry were examined,  and detection limit* for rare-earth element*  were
 calculated.   Plasma-Jet emission spectrometry was applied to the determination of
 lanthanum, yttrium and gadolinium in a monazlte sample from which thorium had been
 separated.  A  standard addition method was used In  order to Improve accuracy,  and the
 Internal  standard and  background eonpensatlon method was applied to measurements  of
spectral  line  Intensities to achieve good precision.   The coefficient of  variation was
1.51 percent for  50 micrograms  La/ml.

IHEEX TERMS:  Pollutant identification. Aqueous solutions, Chemical analysis,
      JfethoJoiogy, Ifcgnetlc  field,  Bare earth elements.  Plasm jet emission spectro-
      metry. Spectral analysis. Detection limits, Lanthanum,  Yttrivm,  Accuracy,
      Gadolinium, Monazlte,  Precision, Scandium,  Praseodymium,  Keodymlun,
      Cerium.
 AMIC-8837
  "BIS-AROTLHlfDRAZOHES OF ALPHA -DBOETONES AS REAGEHTS FOR COLORIMETRIC AND
 FLUORIMETRIC IE1ERMINAT10NS OF CALCIUM, CADMIUM AND OTHER CATIONS", Lever, M.,
 Analytics Chlmlea Acta, Vol. 65, No. 2, July 1973, PP 311-318.

          An evaluation has been made of the potential of the
 bis( U-hydroxybenzc>ylhya»'azones) of glyoxal, methylglyoxal, and dimethylglyoxal as
 reagents for the colorlraetrlc and fluorometric determination of metallic cations.
 Bis-aroyDlydrazone solutions In 10 mM aqueous KaOH were used to study the effect of
 cations.  The effects of using different bases and of varying their concentrations
 were Investigated.  Reagents such as cyanide (£0 mM) and citrate (0.2 M) were  added
 to alter the selectivity of the color reactions.  Fluorescence measurements were also
 made in ethanol and. other solvents.  The bis(i*-hydroxybenzoylhydrazones) of glyoxal,
 methylglyoxal and dimethylglyoxal form colored chelates with Ca(2 plus), Cd(2  plus),
 La(3 plus), a Bi(lll) species and other cations.  The glyoxal derivative shows more
 selective reactions, and highly selective assays are possible for calcium and  cadmium in
 the presence of cyanide and Citrate,  respectively; Beer's law was obeyed in the  range
 0-50 nM for both cations.   The  chelates were also fluorescent,  the reaction for
 lanthanum being particularly .sensitive.  The formation of this type of chelate is a
 general property of the bis-aroylnydrazones of alpha-diketones.

 IBEEX IERMS:   Pollutant identification,  Color reactions,  Cations,  Fluorometry,
      Colorlmetry,  Chemical analysis. Aqueous  solutions.  Selectivity, Chromogenic
      reagents,  Bls-aroylhydra.zones. Complexlng agents, Metal chelatee, Glyoxal
      Ms(U-hydr
-------
                                                                            1.  PHYSICAL MID CHEMICAL METHODS
  AM1C-861<7
  "DIRECT DETERMHIATIGN OF BISMUTH ABE AUTUONY IN SEA WATER BY AJJODIC STOIPPIWG
  VOLTMMETRY", Gilbert, T. R., Hume, D. K., Amlytlca Chlmlca Acta, Vol. 65,  No.  2,
  July 1973, pp ^l-^.

           A method based on anodic stripping voltamraetry at the mercury-coated graphite
  electrode has been developed for the direct determination of bismuth and antimony at
  their natural levels in seawater.  Bismuth plated at -O.li V from seawater made 1 K
  in hydrochloric acid gives a stripping peak proportional to concentration at -O.Z V
  without Interference from antimony or other metals normally present.  Antimony Bay be
  pistod frore seawater made U M In hydrochloric acid and gives a stripping peak at -0.2
  V proportional to the sum of bismuth and antimony.  By use of the standard addition
  technique, satisfactory results were obtained for seawater samples with concentration
  ranges of 0.02-0.09 microgram/kg for bismuth and 0.2-0.5 microgram/kg for antinomy.

  INTO TEFJ-E:  Sea water,  Chemical analysis.  Methodology, Pollutant Identification,
        Water analysis.  Electrochemistry,  Water sampling.  Water storage.  Copper,
        Metals,  Bismuth,  Antimony,  Anodic  stripping voltammetry. Graphite electrodes
        Sample preparation, Detection limits,  Chemical loss,  Silver,  Chemical  interference.
 AMIC-88U8
 "IMPHOVED APPARATUS TOR DETERMINATION OP MERCURY BY FLAICI£SS ATOMIC ABSORPTION",
 Gilbert,  T. K., Hume, D. N., Analytica Chlmlca Acta, Vol. 65, Ho. Z, July 1973,
 pp 1.61.1(65.

          An extremely efficient purging technique  is described which makes use of
 Inexpensive equipment to measure sub-part-per-bllllon concentrations of mercury
 rapidly and over a wide range of sample sizes.  Ihe components of the apparatus are a
 regulated source of purge gas,  flowneter (100-10OO ml/min range), Pyrex Buchner-type
 funnel, and a 1O-15 cm absorption cell with windows transparent at 253.7 Btt.  The
 treated sample 18 placed In the funnel to which Is added the tin(ll) reducing agent.
 The funnel is quickly stoppered and the purging gas and recorder are turned on.  When
 the pen returns to the base line, the gas flow is  stopped and either a new sample
 added or a dilute mercury(II) chloride standard Is injected In the reduced sample.  The
 gas is again turned on and the sbsorbance measured.  With the method described, *5 ng
 at nercury in a 100-ml sample with 5 ml of reductant purged at a gas flow rat* of 16
 »!/• in a 150-ml Buehner funnel ^ve a. signal which reached maximum in 10 s and
          to base line  in about 75 s.  This peak height waa 50 percent greater than the
                   um (reached In about 1 mln) obtained on an identical sample when
                   pump system and 300-ml BOD bottle sample holder supplied with a
        waed   Funnel of 30-,  60- and 150-ml capacity were used for-ample siZes
          ml.   Over this range several trends were observed:  (l) The smaller the
 smthe better the absolute sensitivity of the system   The d«^°* """ff
a 5-al sample  was  0.6  ng, but for a 50-ml sample,  2 ng.  (a) The larger the sample
volume theater  the  relative flcnBltivlty of tte  technique, from » 0.]£-p.p.b.
 AMIC-881*8 (Continued)
Card 2/2
 detection limit for a  5-nl  sample to O.O1* p.p.b. for a 100-ml sample.  Practical
 application has been made to measuring Hg present In seawater, marine sediments, fish
 and other marine organisms, and clothing material.

 IOTEX TEKH5:  Hercury, Laboratory equipment. Methodology, Aqueous solutions,
       Trace levels, Flameless atonic absorption spectrophotometry.
AMIC-38U9
"sreCTBOFHOTC»«TRIC ffilEFMISATIOM OF VASADIUM IH SEA WAOER", Nisbimura, M., hfetsunaga,
K., Rudo, T., Ob«Ja, F., AoalytiCB. Chlmlca Acta, Vol. 65, Mo.  2, July  1973, PP 1»66-1»68.

         Vanadium can be determined spectrophotometrically  in  seawater by  the following
procedure.  The seawater sample is placed in a separatory funnel to which  is added
1,2-cyclobexanedlamlnetetraacetlc acid (CyDlW),  potassium cyanide, and
U-(2-pyridylazo)resorcinol (RAR).  The pH is adjusted to 6.8 with a buffer; the solution
is mixed; and after 5 min, aqueous 0.05 M zephiramine «"rf chloroform are added to the
mixed solution and shaken for 3 min.   The chloroform layer  is  washed with CyDTA and
3 percent NaCl.  The pH is then adjusted to 6.5  with a phosphate buffer and the washed
chloroform layer is filtered.  The absorbance is measured at 560 tun against water.
Bo Interferences were found with the  method from Ions present  in concentrations 5-100
times their usual concentrations in seawater.  V(1V)  showed the same coloration with PAR
and the same molar absorptivity with  V(V).   Variation of salinity between 3 and k
percent gave the best results.   Sensitivity of the method was 0.035 mlcrogram V/l of
seawater for 0,001 abaorbance.   Relative standard deviations based on 5 replicates were
8 aiai 3 percent, respectively,  for the 1 mlcrograo V/l and 3 micrograros V/l levels.

INDEX TERHS:  Water analysis, Spectrophotonetry,  Sea  water, Pollutant Identification,
      Chemical analysis,  Methodology, Vanadium, Sample preparation,  Sensitivity,
      Accuracy,  Ionic Interference.

-------
                                                                            1.
  AMIC-8857
  "LAUD RECLAMATION AMD RIVER fOLLUTIOH PROBLEMS IH HE CROAL VALLEY CAUSED BY
  WASTE FROM CHROMATE MANUFACTURE", Breeze, V, G., Journal of Applied Ecology.
  Voi. 10,  No. 2, August 1973, pp 513-525.

            Wastes resulting from chrooate manufacture have had toxic effects on their
  disposal  area, and runoff from the waste have had severe effects on river flora.
  Toxlclty  studies were conducted with plants grown on the waste overlayed with soil.
  Composition of soluble portions of the waste was determined by progressively
  dissolving the material In increasing amounts of acid.   An indication of the
  composition could be obtained from the elements which appeared In solution.   Toxicity
  was also  studied with seeds placed in Petri dishes containing solutions of chromic
  sulfate or potassium dlchromate dissolved in water and with soil samples treated with
  the chemicals.  The waste vas toxic to plants even when diluted seven times with soil.
  Layers of soil over the waste are only successful If deep, due to upward diffusion of
  highly toxic chronate Ions.   Chromic ions In soil are much less toxic as chromic
  hydroxide and organic complexes are formed (and not because coronate is more toxic
  as has previously been reported).   This suggests that reclamation could be achieved by
  chemically reducing the Chromate in the waste.   The waste causes serious river
  pollution due to leaching of chromate,  but successful reclamation would lessen this.
  Chemical reduction of the chronate entering the river could also b« beneficial as
  chromic Jons are more rapidly lost from solution in river water.

  INDEX TERMS:   Ituclcity,  Chromium,  Industrial wastes,  Surface runoff, Aquatic plants,
        Land reclamation.  Leaching.
 AMIC-3665
 "THE EJIVIROmeRTAL FATE OF  STRAHDED CRUDE OIL", Blumer, M., Ehrhart, M., Jones, J. H.,
 Dgep-Sea. Research  and OceanographlC Abstracts, Vol. 20, Mo. 3, Ifarch 1973, PP 239-259.
          The weathering history of two light paraffnlc crude oils which stranded on
 fertha's Vineyard, Massachusetts, U.S.A., and on Bermuda has been studied over periods
 Of 13 1/2 and 16 months, respectively.  The evaporative history of the oils, the
 reicrobial utilisation ot the normal alkanes and other physical and Chemical changes
 involved In the weathering process are described.  Oil samples collected from each site
 were analyzed on temperature -programmed gas chromatographs with 3 percent Aplezon L on
 Chrenoflorb V eoluuiM.  Other analyses Included Infrared spectrophotometry, liquid
 chronatography,  and ultraviolet analysis.  At both locations a considerable and
 environmentally  Important fraction of the oil has persisted throughout the entire survey
 period.   The residues are far from being inert asphalts; they remain crude oils,
 modified by evaporation of the lower boiling components and by partial mlcrobial
degradation  The  environmental impact of spilled oil depends directly on the magnitude
af the standing  crop of fossil fuels and on the retention during weathering of specific
blolwd-cally active  oil components.   This work demonstrates an unanticipated degree of
 eralBtencVof oil and of its  high boiling components, even under conditions though
          to weathering.  Wax  aggregates in one of the oils suggest that is was derived
          wtsnTngl?  A  survey  foT»S In open ocean 'tar-  should give Insight into Ite
 ourceu and the  effectivenese  of measures to control oil pollution.

 MDEX TERMS:  Environmental effects, Weathering, Oil spill*,  Persistence,  Aging
      (physical), Fat* of pollutants, Crude oil.
 AKTC-8667
 "A HEW SET OF ACIDITlf CONSTANTS FOR CARBONIC ACID AND BORIC ACID IN SEA WATER",
 Hansson, I., Peep-Sea Research and Qceanographie Abstracts. Vol. 20, No. 5, toy 1973,
 pp U61-U78.

          The dissociation constants of carbonic acid, the acidity constant of boric
 acid, and the olnlc product of water have been determined by potentiometric tltrations
 In synthetic seavater.  The interpolated values for the salinity range of 2-U percent
 and the temperature range of 5-30 C are given  for carbonic acid, boric acid, and for
 pKlO.  The activity scale is chosed so that the activity coefficient approaches unity
 when the concentrations of H plus, OH minus, H2C03 plus COS, HC03 minus, C03 2 minus,
 B(OH)3 and B(QH)U minus approach zero In synthetic seavater of a certain salinity.  The
 concentration unit is M sub w,  moles per kg solution.  Experimental methods and activity
 scales used by Buch,  Harvey, Wattenberg and Oripenberg (1932), Buch (1938) and Lyraan
 (1957) are reviewed.   Comparisons of the concentrations of the carbonate species In a
 sample, obtained by use of tables given by Buch, Lynan and this work, are tabulated.

 IHDEX TERMSi  Sea water,  Chemical analysis, Acidity, Volumetric analysis, Carbonates,
       Methodology,  Hydrogen ion concentration. Salinity, Water temperature, Chemical
       properties.  Ions, Water analysis,  Carbonic acid, Boric acid,  Potentiometric
       tltratlon. Dissociation constants, Acidity constants, Inorganic acids.
 "CAPACITIES OF SHALLOW WATERS OF SAGAMI BAY FOB OXIDATION AND REDUCTION OF IHOH3ANIC
 HITKXffiB", Miyazakl, T., Wada, E., Hattori, A., Deep-Sea Research and Oceanographlc
 Abstracts, Vol. SO, No. 6, June 1973, pp 571-577.
         The distribution of nitrite, nitrate and amnonia in Sagaznl Bay, Japan, was
 Investigated on Cruises KT-70-5 and KT-70-13 of the R.V. Tansel Maru.   The purpose was
 to estimate the capacity of coastal waters for the oxidation and  reduction of inorganic
 nitrogen by measuring the incorporation of H-15 into nitrite frcro II-15-labeled ammonia
 and nitrate.  M-15-labeled ammonia, nitrite or nitrate was added  at 10 mlcrogram-atoms
 H/l concentrations to water samples in glass bottles some of which were incubated in the
 sunlight or in the dark.  » assimilation was measured on filtered residues by Kjeiaahl
 digestion.  H-15 incorporation into nitrite was determined using  azo dyes along with
 KJeldahl digestion and K-15 content by mass spectrometry.  Chemical analyses for nitrate,
 nitrite and ammonia were carried out by previously described methods.   In suraner,  the
 maximum concentration of nitrite (about 0.3-microgram atoms  K/l in central Sagami Bay)
 occurred at 20-30 m depth and was associated with a seasonal therruocllne.  In winter,  the
 concentrations of nitrite were nearly constand (about 0.3-nlcrogram atoms JI/l)
 from the surface down to about 100 m;  below the depth they decreased.  The potential
 activities for nitrite production from nitrate ammonia were measured, using a fi-15«-tracer
method.  The activity for nitrite production from nitrate was of the same order of
magnitude as that from ammonia (l.U ng atoms H/l/hour,  on an average), Irrespective
 of the season.  The capacities for assimilation of inorganic nitrogen In the upper
 layers (0-50 m) vere several timee higher than those  for the oxidation of ammonia  and
the reduction Of nitrate,  but a reverse relation was  observed below the euphotie zone.
The residence tine of nitrite in the upper layers was 7-16 days.

-------
                                                                         1,
                                                                             PHYSICAL AND CHBGCAL METHODS
AMIC-8971 (Continued)
                                                                          Card 2/2
INDEX TERfE:  Nitrogen, Shallow water. Sea water, Radioactivity  techniques, Oxidation,
      Reduction (chemical). Path of pollutants.  Inorganic  compound*, Saganl Bay, N-15,
      Coastal waters, Fate of pollutants.
 AMIC-8872
  "BIODEGRADABILJW OF NONIONIC  SURFACTANTS:  SCREEHIMG 1EST FOR PREDICTING RATE AND
 ULTDWTE  BICBEGRADATION", Sturm, R. N., Journal Of the American Oil Chemists' Society,
 Vol.  50,  No.  5, Mwch 1973, PP 159-167.

           A method based on conversion to CO2 and H20 has been developed for determining
 blodegrsdabllity characteristics of non-ionic surfactants.  The screening test consists
 of the Thompson-Duthie CO2 test scaled down from 20 to 6 liters, and a biochemical
 oxygen demand test performed with acclimated sewage-derived microor^nisms.  The COS
 test apparatus is arranged in  such a  manner that eight materials and a positive control
 may be tested simultaneously.   Nine Individual acclimation cultures-each combining
 settled raw sewage as  a source of microorganisms, yeast extract as an easily
 asslndlatlble nutrient source,  BOD water as a diluent and source of Inorganic nutrients,
 and a test material for lU days.  At  the end of that time, equal allquots from each of
 these cultures are used to make a composite seed for use in the C02 test.  The final
 composition in each carbcy includes 600 ml of composite seed and 120 mg of a test
 material broufiht to a total of 6 liters with BOD water.  During the test C02-free air is
 bubbled through the test units and the effluent gas is passed through a series of CO2
 absorbers  containing barium hydroxide   Periodically, the proximal -*«rteri- removed
 for titratlon.   The test is continued for a period of 26 days.  At day 25, the test
 vessels are acidulated to pH 3.0 in order to release CO2 that nay be trapped In the
 vessels are^du*    or°n^lonlc surfactants have been screened for  blodegradablllty
         method,  andthe results, in general,  correlate well with those of other
                These have included studies of the effect of hydrophobe chain length,
       .ate chain length, and the presence  of phenolic groups On biodegradabillty.  The
	thouW lend itself  to measuring degradation under conditions of waeroblo.is or
 low temperature.		
AMJC-8873 (Continued)                                                   Card 2/2

INDEX 1ERMS:  Surfactants,  Carbon dioxide, Nonionic detergents, Biodegradatlllty.
                                                                                         AKCC-8875
                                                                                          "AH OH-UME SFECTROFHOTCSeTER FOR COLLECTION AMD MANIPULATION OF ABSORBABCE EPECTKA",
                                                                                         DeSa, R. J., Wampler, J. E., Applied Speetroscofly.  Vol.  27, No. I*, July/August
                                                                                           1973, PP 279-281*.

                                                                                                  A uv-vlslble recording spectrqphotometer has been developed vhich uses an
                                                                                         On-line general purpose digital computer and the  optical train of a conventional double
                                                                                         beam recording spectrophotometer.   The computer controls all functions of the
                                                                                         instrument and permits the collection and manipulation of high quality absorption
                                                                                         spectra without the use of electronic or optical  correction devices.   Spectra are
                                                                                         represented by a series of up to 500 individual data points.  Spectra can be
                                                                                         manipulated In a. variety of ways to meet particular experimental situations and
                                                                                         can be displayed or plotted on an arbitrary  absorbance scale.   A spectrum can be
                                                                                         added to, or subtracted from, any other  spectrum, differentiated,  converted to log
                                                                                         absorbance,  or multiplied by an arbitrary factor.  Data can be preserved on paper
                                                                                         tape or presented graphically as a  high quality labeled plot of variable size on either
                                                                                         a wave-length or a wave number scale.  The complete system can scan a full spectrum at
                                                                                         a maximum rate of 30 nm/sec over any  part of a range from 230  to 700  nm.   Details of
                                                                                         the system are presented with examples of its performance.

                                                                                         INDEX TERMS:   Automatic control. Data collections, Laboratory  equipment,  Data
                                                                                               transmission,  Data processing, On-line systems. Absorption spectra.
                                                                                     26

-------
                                                                           1.  mSICAL ASP CHEMICAL METHODS
  "ISOJCRIZATION OF GAMMA-BHC TO ALPHA-BHC IN THE EHVIROMCNT", Benezet,  H.  J.,
  tetsummira, F., Mature. Vol. 2«O, Ho. 5>iO8, June 22,  1973, PP U80-WJ1.

           To study the metabolic fate of gamma-BHC in the envlroment, a highly
  purified form of the compound was incubated with aquatic sediments under simulated
  natural conditions and with a soil microorganism under laboratory conditions.
  For the first test, the gamma-EHC was added to sediments from Pearl Harbor,  placed
  In a medicine bottle which vas then filled with seawater and sunk to the bottom at
  the collection site for 30 d.  At the end of the period, the sediment was  extracted and
  the extract analyzed by CC.  Alpna-BHC was found to be present In quantities 4 times
  that found in the original quantity of gamna-BHC.   Total recovery of the gamma isomer
  from the sediment was Uo percent.  For the laboratory study, a strain of
  Pseudomonas putida in a mannltol base medium was Incubated with gamma-BHC  and  HAD  for
  U weeks.  Concurrently small-scale experiments were conducted with C-I1*-labelled
  BHC and P. putida with and without NAD,  It was found that in the culture  tests with
  NAD, 1«O times as much alpha-BBC was present as originally.   With the C-It-labelled
  SHC, P. putida was round to produce gamrai-PCCH ({£uma-pentachlorocyclohex-l-ette)
  from gamma-BBC, but was capable of producing alpha-£HC with NAD present.   Another
  metabolic product of alpha-BHC  production was gamna-BTC
  ( gamma-tetrachlorocyclohex-l~ene).   It is concluded that microorganisms in the
  environment may Isomerlze gpjmoa-£HC to alpha-BHC.

  INDEX TERMS:   Mlcrobial degradation,  Sediments,  Metabolism,  Benzene hexachloride,
        Isomerlzation.
 A MIC -8917
 "ASSOCIATION OF HYDROCARBONS AND MINERAL PARTICLES IN SALINE SOLUTION", %era, P. A.,
 Quinn, J. G., Nature, Vol. 2W*, Ho.  5MO, July 6, 1973, PP 23-21*.

          Beaton!te clay or marine sediments from Narraguiaett Bey were added to saline
 solutions containing hydrocarbons (eicosane, hexadecane, anthracene, phenantfarene, or
 fuel oil) dissolved In acetone to study the sorptlon of hydrocarbons on the minerals.
 The marine sediments were tested with and without or^inic matter separated.  The heats
 of sorption of eicosane and anthracene onto bentonlte clay Indicated physical
 absorption to be of the van der Waals type.  The results of the sorptlon tests show
 tbat hydrocarbon solubility affects uptake and retention of fuel oil by marine sediments
 and that organic matter in sediments reduces the Incorporation of fuel oil Into the
 sediment samples investigated.  Although the compounds are firmly associated onto the
 mineral particles,  they nay be slowly released by biological activity and dissolution.
 If dissolution were dominant,  the more polar hydrocarbons, which are toxic, would be
released more readily and could impose a continuing stress on marine organisms long
after visual evidence of oil pollution has disappeared.

IHEEX TEEMS:  Sediments, Adsorption,  Clays,  Illite,  Montoorlllonlte, Bentonlte, Oil
      spills, Path  of pollutants,  Toxlcity,  Water pollution effects. Organic matter.
      Solubility  Sea water. Fuel oil,  Eicosane,  Hexadecane, Anthracene, Phenanthrene,
      Fate of pollutants,  Heat of sorption,  n-Alkanes, Branched altones, Isoprenold
      hydrocarbons. Aromatic hydrocarbons, Naphthalenic  hydrocarbon*.
                                                                                       27
 AMIC-692U
 "ICHCURY CONCENTRATIONS IK DATED VARVED MARINE SEDIMSHTS COLLECTED OFF
 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, Young, D. R., Johnson, J. N., Nature,  Vol.  2Ut,  No.  5Ul>»,
 August 3, 1973, PP 273-275.

          Concentrations of mercury were determined in dated varved sediment layers
 from the Santa Barbara Basin covering the past 150 years and in two layers estimated
 to have been deposited approximately 1,500 yr BP.  The cores were taken with a
 deliberate box corer and a Bootstrap corer from an area in which the  sediment was
 undisturbed by benthic organisms.  Dates of the core layers were confirmed by
 correlation of rainfall and sedimentation patterns and by Pb-210 radlometric aging.
 The sediments were analyzed by neutron activation analysis  and flameless  atomic
 absorption.  The concentrations of mercury in the varved sediments showed a distinct
 increase toward the surface.  The baseline value for the 19th century was found to be
 approximately 0.06 plus or minus 0.01 mg/(dry kg) with the  concentrations beginning
 to exceed this value significantly around the turn of the century.  The average
 value for layers deposited since 1950 exceeded the 19th century  baseline  by a
 factor of about two.  these results correspond with others  which show Increases in
 mercury with advancing technology.  However,  the chemistry  and mobility of mercury
 in sediments Is too poorly understood to rule out the possibility  of  movement of
 mercury in the sediments.

 INDEX TERMS:  Mercury,  Sediments,  Cores, Eating,  Deposition (sediments),  Baseline  data.
 '"USE p-VALUE APPROACH TO QUANTITATIVE LIQUID-LIQUID EXTRACTION OF I-ESTICIEES AND
 HERBICIDES FROM WATEfl.   3.  LIQUID-LIQUID EXTRACTION OF FHENOXY ACID HEBICIDES FROM
 WATER", Suffet, I. H., Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. Vol. 21, Ho.  U,
 July/August 1973, PP  591-590.

         The goal of  aqueous herbicide analysis Is the recovery of 100 percent of an
 herbicide for qualitative and quantitative analysis.  Liquid-liquid extraction is the
 method of choice for  quantitative recovery from water,   the p-value concept Is useful
 In developing an understanding of the liquid-liquid extraction process In order to
 select optimum experimental conditions to approach 100 percent herbicide recovery.   The
 best solvents for extraction Of phenoxy acid herbicides are ethyl  acetate and ether.
 The  best solvents for simultaneous extraction of 2,'tJ) or 2,U,5-T  and  their n-butyl  and
 isopropyl esters are  ether and ethyl acetate (2,^-D and esters)  and benzene (8,^,5-T
 and  esters).  Possible variation of the p-value caused by alteration of natural  vater
 Characteristics was tested.  The apparent p-values for 2,1»-I> obtained  with  waters from
 different sources and the p-value found In distilled water were  found  to be consistent.
 Adsorption characteristics of herbicide esters were changed  upon adjustment of turbid
 water to the aqueous characteristics of the p-value method.  Therefore the  aqueous
 sample should be filtered before adjustment of turbid water  to the aqueous
 characteristics of the p-value method.   Therefore  the aqueous sample should be filtered
 before adjustment of aqueous conditions for liquid-liquid  extraction.  The p-vilue gives
 a theoretical guide (an F sub n value)  for development  of  an aqueous residue procedure.
 Recovery data from the literature and a recovery study  at  high concentration confirmed
 the calculated P sub n value.  A  two-step serial extraction with ?00 and 50 ml of ethyl
acetate under p-value conditions  is  the  choice  for extracting 99 percent of 2,U-D from
 1 1.  of aqueous solution.

-------
                                                                            1.
                                                                                         MK> CHEMICAL METHOTE
  AKK-99kU (Continued)
                                                                           Cam 2/2
  IMBEX TEMP!  Solvent  extractions, Separation techniques, Herbicides, Pollutant
        Identification,  Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides. Aqueous solutions, Methodology
        Pesticide residues, U.quld-lifa, T. £.,
KDcrochimlca Acta. No. 4, 1973, pp U91-506.

         Construction and operation details are given for a simple, inexpensive system
used for liquid chromatography which is capable of separations whose speed and detection
limits are comparable or superior to many commercial units.  Ihe system consists of a.
inlcrodetector based the principle of polarography with a dropping mercury electrode
(CMS), an electronic measuring circuit, a high pressure solvent pumping device,  a
sanple injector, and highly efficient cnronatographic columns.  This system has been
tested using parathion And methyl parathion.   The minimum detectable quantity  vas about
0.01 micrograra with a coefficient of variation of plus or minus 1.8 percent.   In
addition to  compounds vtiich are reducible at the CHE at electrode potentials between
-0.3 and -2.0 volts (the useful range for aqueous or aqueous-alcohol solvent systems),
other classes of compounds were detected,  e.g.,  those exhibiting catalytic waves.
All  components of the ays*«n are readily available or easily  fabricated,  and the cost,
exclusive of strip-chart recorder,  is approximately 200 dollars.

IBDEX TEHM5:  Laboratory equipment.  Construction,  Chemical analysis, Laboratory tests,
      Organic compounds,  Operations,  Evaluation, Costs,  Liquid chromatography,  Trace
      levels, Detection limits,  Reproducibillty.

-------
                                                                           1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL HETHDD6
  "K FLUOROKETRIC METHOD FOR THE EETERMHIATIOH OF NITRILOTOIACETIC ACID", Robinson,
  J. L., Lett, P. F., Mlcroghgnlcal Journal. Vol. 18, Ho,  2,  April 1973, PP  128-136.

           An Indirect nuorometric procedure  has been described Tor determining trace
  amounts of nitrilotrlacetlc acid (NTA) in water.  This method Is based upon the
  reaction of NTA with the fluorescent Ga(HI)-6-hydrcayqulnollne complex.   la order to
  obtain good results, the reagents should be  added In this sequenceI  Ga(lII),  oxlne,
  buffer, HW, and then extraction.  Interference studies  showed that iron greatly
  interferes with this analytical procedure.   Tap water samples were analyzed with a
  relative standard deviation of 10 percent or less.  This method Is relatively  fast and
  does not require expensive equipment.

  INTO TERMS:  Nitrilotrlacetlc acid,  Water analysis,  Pollutant Identification,
        Methodology,  Fluorometry, Potable water,  Chemical  analysis,  Organic  compounds,
        Iron, Chemical reactions, Surfactants,  Water pollution.  Separation techniques.
        Chemical Interference,  Precision, Detection limits, Gallium,  Saaple  preparation,
        Oxlne.
  "THE BETEHMIHATIOH OF CHROMIUM IN  HUMAN URIME BY QAS CHROMATOGRAPHY USING A FLAJC
 PHOOOMSTFIC DETECTOR WITH A  lt25.U  MM FILTER", Boss, R., Shaflk, T., Journal of
 Chromtographlc Science. Vol.  11,  No,  1, January 1973, pp U6-l*8.
          The determination of low levels of chromium as chromium (III)
 trifluoroacetylACetonate has been previously achieved t>y OC using an electron capture
 detector.  Conventional detectors, such as the electron capture detector, are sensitive
 but not very specific.  Replacement of this detector system with a, flame photometric
 detector equipped with a k25.k m filter (specific for chromium) affords both the
 sensitivity and specificity necessary for monitoring levels of chromium in human urine
 sample*.  The detector is linear In the range of 0 to 90 nanograms of chromium.
Determination of chromium In human urine using this system has the advantages of greater
specificity aad linear range, as compared with other GC detector systems.  The
sensitivity oT tbi« ay a ton IB adequate for monitoring levels of chromium in human
urine.

IHJJEX TERMS:  Chromium, Urine, Chemical analysis,  Pollutant Identification, Gas
      chromstograpby, Heavy metals.  Methodology,  Pollutants, Monitoring,  Aqueous
      solutions, name photometric  gas chromatograpby,  Biological samples.  Chemical
      recovery.
     'ICVPLUE OF HIGH SPEED PIASHA CHROMATOGRAPBY WITH GAS CHRDHMOJRAPHY",  Cram,  S.  P.,
    Chesler, S. »., Journal of Chronatographie Science. Vol. 11, No. 8.  August 1973,
    pp  391-K01.                                     "~

             A gas chromatogrsph has been coupled to a new rapid scan (20 msec) plasma.
    ChrOnatograph without the use of a molecular separator.  The sensitivity,  noise,  and
     signal-to-noise ratio for Fj-eons analyzed On the plasma chromatograph were found to be
    relatively insensitive to changes In the plasma ehronatogrspb carrier and  drift gss
    flow rates, and a unique mass calibration curve for the E-series Freons  is reported.
    The sensitivity of the plasme chromatogreph and GC FIDs are compared for Freons and the
    Utility of the plasma chromatograph In identifying GC effluents and  peak fractionatlon
    is  reported.  A comparison is nede between gas thromatography/plasma chromatography
    and GO/MS.

    INDEX TERMS:  Methodology, Chemical analysis, Organic compounds. Effluents, Gas
          chroma tography, Flow rates, Gases, DC-Plasma chromatography, Sensitivity,
          c-C-Mpifis spectroroetry,  Signal-noise ratios. Flame lonizp.tlon detectors.
    AMTC-8988
    "AB30RPTIOW OF TOACES OF INSECTICIDES FROM WATER  ON  POLYETHYLENE", Beyermann, K.,
    Eckrlch,  W., Zettschrlft fur Analytische Chemle,  Vol.  265, Wo. 1, May 25, 1973,
    pp 1-U.

             Traces of pesticides,  like  lindajie Or DDT,  are adsorbed from an aqueous phase
    to polyethylene.   Ihe different variables that Influence the adsorption procese are
    ueBOnstratefl.   However,  the  procedure cannot be used for analytical purposes, as
    materials suspended in most  of the water samples  adsorb insecticides themselves.
    (In Gorman)

    LSDEX TEFMS:   Adsorption, Water, Separation techniques, Insecticides, Pesticides,
          Plastics, DOT, Aqueous solutions, Methodolog/, Pollutant removal,  Trace levels,
          Lindane.
   also:  Category 2,  AMIC-8263, 83^8, 8579, 0623, 8670
          Category 3,  AfflC-fl588
          Category 5,  AMJC-8752.
29

-------
 AMIC-6909
 "ACJJATIC FUSGI FROM AN ANTARCTIC IS1AHD AND A TROPICAL LAKE", Vlllouglrtjy, L. G.,
 Nova Hedwigia. Vol. 22, Nos. 1-2, 1971, pp U69-U88.

          In a study of aquatic fungi from Slgny Island, Antarctla and Lake George,
 Uganda, freshwater lake sampling yielded Aphanomyces sp,, Hyphochytrlum cateooldCB
 and LagenldjLun giganteum from the former and Cateharia anguillulae and Chytridlum
 prollferum from the latter. £. angulllulae appears to be a particularly dominant and
 nutritionally versatile fungus in Lake George.  Soil samples from Slgny Island gave a
 previously undescribed species, Khlzopbydlum algnyenae, saprppbytlc on chltlnous
 materials.
 INDEX TGnC:  Aquatic fungi, Antarctic, Soil fungi, Systematics, Plant morphology,
       Cultures, Aquatic environment. Isolation, Speclation,  Uganda, Slgny Island,
       Lake George, Phycooycetes, Oomycetes.
 AWC-6910

 "SOI*: DESMTDS FROM UGANDA", Llnd, E. M., Hova HedwlgjLa, Vol. 22, Nos. 1-2, 1971,
PP 535-585.

          Collections of desmlds vere made In a series of pools In an extensively sandy
area  In Uganda between the Kampala-Masaka road and lake Victoria.  Descriptions of the
taxa  and  species  are given.

INDEX TERMS:   Chlorophyta,  Aquatic algae, Systematics, Ponds, Speciatlon,  Plant
      morphology, Varieties,  Uganda, Desmids.
 AMIC-691U
 "ALGAE OF 1HE CHO-OTXJ (E. HIMALAYAS) EXJEDITION-II, 3ACILLARIOPHYCKAE-II",
 Suxena, M. R., Venkatesvarlu, V., Rao, V., Nova Hedwlgla, Vol. 13, Ifos. 2-3,
 1972,  pp  1*15-1*31.

          Ike present  communication forms the second part In the series dealing win
 the diatoms from high altitudes.  It describes 51 species, out of which 30 taxa are
 new reports from India.  The records of distribution of the taxa are given with
 reference to India and adjacent countries like Burma, Ceylon, Afghanistan and Tibet.
 For the distribution  data, except for the standard works, only such papers are taken
 Into consideration which either give detailed description of the taxa or provide an
 illustration.  The material was collected from a valley overlooking Namchebazar, from
 different aquatic habitats and smaller streams flowing Into Dudkosl River at altituJes
 ranging from 2900-1*200 m.

 INDEX  IERKE:  Chrysophyta, Systematics, Ecological distribution.  Aquatic habitats.
       Diatoms, Aquatic algae, Speciatlon, Natural streams. Varieties.
AMIC-6915
TOWHOLOGY ABD DEVELOpjeur OF A HEW AIGA, HALOpLEGMft ANWERII (CERAMIACEAE)  FROM
KARACHI COAST, Shameel, M., Mlzamuddin, M., Nova Hedwlgia,  Vol.  23, Kos.  2-3,  1972,
pp J,33-W».

         A new species, Haloplegna anwerll, is described from Karachi and the  Persian
Gulf.  The species Is characterized by a constant number of cells, i.e. 6 in the meeh,
and the number of cells In transverse filaments (cross beams)  is a-celled.   The
transverse filaments are opposite.

DTDEX TEFMS:  Rhodophyta, Marine algae, Plant morphology. Plant  growth, Haloplegoa
      anwerll.

-------
                                                                                a.  BIOLOB
                                                                                           CALM5TflOD6
  AMic-6916
   "MICHOFUHGI COLOHIZIUG C01IAPSED AERIAL PARIS OF PHRAGMITES COUdgS TRIM. IB
  MATER,  Taligoola,  T.  K.,  Apinie, A.  E., Chesters, C. G. C., Sova Hedwigla. Vol.
   13,  HOB.  2, 3, 1972,  pp
            The aerial parts of Fhragnl tes coromunis Trln.  after collapsing and being
   submerged, eventually lose their original aerial mycoflora dominated by Hyphcmycetes
   and a few Asccmycetes and are subsequently colonized by aquatic fungi which Include
   certain Ascottycetes,  Sphaeropsidales, aquatic Hyphomycetes and other fungi.  This
   colonization takes place in two main stages.  During the first stage the aerial fungi,
   such as Alternaria tennis,  still persist on the floating stems, and the leaf litter
   aycoflora is characterized  by Dlplodlna sp.  During the second stage aquatic
   Asccmycetes, such as  Leptosphaeria culalfraga and Hyphonycetes, such as Articulospora
                                          >n the
   sp., appear at an Increasing frequency on
litter at the bottom of the pond.
  INDEX  7EIMS:  Aquatic fungi, Isolation, Systems/tics, Aquatic plants, Decomposing organic
         natter, Leaves, Speclatlon, Colonization, Phragoltes ccnmunis, Reed grass,
         Stems, Debris, Hyphomycetes, Asconycetes, Culms, Leaf litter, Pyrenomycetes.
AMIC-6919
"TIE 5TRUCTOJE AMJ lEVELOPlCUT OF A FOSM OF DIMOCOCCUS OEPOGDNII (GEITLER)
FOTT", Williams, E. G., Lund, J. W. G., Hova Hedwigia. Vol.  23.  Nos.  2-3, 1972,
PP ^93-513.

         A forni of Dlnococcus oedogonll (Geitler) Fott is described.   It, shows
considerable variability in cell shape, presence, absence and orientation of the
aplculate poles and presence, position, or absence of an attaching disc.  Reproduction
is by gynmodlnlold zoepores usually two per cell but sometimes one, or by
autospores-two per cell.  Colonies of 8 cells may be formed  by repeated reproduction
by autospores; they disintegrate as their cells reproduce by zoospores.  Clones were
followed and the variability of their cells and the methods  of reproduction shown
to be phenotyplc and not genotyplc.  The unsatisfactory nature of the  present systems
of classification for the Dinococcales and the difficulties  of identifying species, or
even genera, are illustrated by reference to the alga here described.

INDEX 7ERK3:  Aquatic algae. Plant oorpholosr. Plant growth,  Pyrrophyta,
      Dinococcus oedogonll.
 AMIC_6917
 •WTCHQFUHGI COLONIZING SUBMERGED S-nANDDB CULMS  OF PHBACMTIES COMMITS THIS.",
 Apinie, A. E., Chesters, C. G.  C.,  Taligoola, H. K., Nova Hedvlgla, Vol. 23,
 Hos. 2-3, 1972, pp U73-Ueo.

          The aycoflom  of submerged parts of standing culms of  Phragmltes ccnmunis
 consists Balnly of Aacomycetes  and  Sphaeropsidales and is distinctly different from
 that of the aerial parts in which HyphonorceteB predominate.  Sporulatlon of fungi on
 submerged parts does not begin until culms are moribund or dead, usually in the early
 spring after flowering.  The commonest species of fungi colonizing submerged parts
 of culaa near the water surface are different from those colonizing the mud covered
parts deep below.   Septoria srunoinacea, Leptosphaerla arundltB.cea and Qphiobolua ap.
are conmon on  the former while WettsteinJaa niesslll and DictyuehuB monoeporus are
 onmon on the  latter parts.   It "is the fungi on the upper sections ot the submerged
 arts of the boat  which possibly contribute to the weakening and eventual collapse
tf P. conmunls culms.

 NDEX TCWe:  Aquatic fungi, Isolation,  Systematics,  Speciatlon, Jhragmltes coBmunls,
      Reed grass. Colonization,  Culas, Ascomycetes, Hvphonycetes, Pyrenoaycetes.
                                            AMIC.7571
                                            'IGBCWH AMD CELL-SIZE DISTRUBUTIOK OF MARINE HANKTONIC AIjGAE IN BATCH AND
                                            DIALYSIS CULTUBES", Prakash, A., Skoglund,  L.,  Rystad,  B., Jensen, A., Journal of
                                            the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Vol. 30,  So.  2, February 1973, pp W3-155.

                                                     Unlalgal cultures of Skeletonema costatum, Cyclotella nana, Ihalassloslra  sp.,
                                            Phaeodaetylum tricornutum, and Gonyaulax taniarensls were grown by batch and dialysis
                                            methods to examine differences in growth characteristics and  cell-size distribution.
                                            Erlenmeyer flasks were used for the batch studies.  Three variations were used in the
                                            dialysis cultures:  continuous reservoir-filter dialysis; batch reservoir-filter
                                            dialysis; continuous reservoir-bag dialysis.  Growth  of algae was measured by monitoring
                                            changes in cell numbers and volumes with a  Coulter Counter.  An extended exponential
                                            growth phase and a higher maximum population characterized growth of planktonic algae
                                            In a dialysis system compared with that in  a batch system.  Algal cells grown in a
                                            dialysis culture had higher chlorophyll content and a larger average cell size than
                                            those grown In a batch culture.  In both types  of culture, changes in cell-size
                                            distribution were related to the phases of  the  growth cycle'with maximum cell-size
                                            during the stationary phase.  Various Interactions of the component reactions of
                                            photosynthesis leading to changes in growth pattern and cell-size distribution are
                                            discussed.

                                            DffiEX 1EHM3:   Cultures,  Marine algae, Growth rates, Size, Diatoms,  Dlnoflagellates,
                                                  Phytoplankton,  Continuous cultures.

-------
                                                                               2.  BIOL03ICAL METHODS
  AMTC-7926
  'VAX ESTERS IN TROPICAL ZOOPLABKTON AND NEKTON AND THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
  OF WAX ESTERS IN MARINE COEPODE", Lee, R. F., Hirota, J., Limnology and Oceanography.
  Vol. 18,  No. S, torch 1973, pp 227-239.

            Analyses of zooplankton and nekton from the central South Pacific showed that
  surface and epipelaglc zooplankton had small amounts of neutral liplds,  mainly
  triglycerides, while deep-water tropical copepods had wax esters as the major lipid
  type, presumed to function as a reserve storage.  The total lipid content and wax esters
  of troplcoj. copepods captured at about 500 m were significantly lower than those Of
  species from high latitudes.  The median percentage of wax esters Increased
  progressively from tropical to polar latitudes in nine species of Calanus and five or
  six species of Euchaete.  Deep-living tropical copepods had the same median percentage
  of wax esters as mesopelagic and bathpelagic copepods from a subtropical station.
  Caridean  and penaeidenn decapods and euphausiids showed less than 5 percent wax  esters.
  Gnathophausia, a mesopelagic ntysid, stored wax esters (32 percent of the lipid).   A
  deep-water chaetognatb (Eukrohnla sp. ?) and a mesopelagic crapchlid squid had over 25
  percent wax esters.  Fish species not previously analyzed containing more than 10
  percent wax esters included three myctophids and members of the Astroneethidae,
  Chellodipteridae,  Gonostomatidae, Paralepldidae, Scopelosauridae,  and Sternoptychidae.
  (Reprinted from Limnology and Oceanography, Vol. 18,  No. 2,  torch 1973,  PP 227-239-
  Copyright 1973 by the American Society of Limnology and  Oceanography,  Inc.  Reprinted
  by permission of the copyrlgnt ovner.)
  INDEX TERMS:   Zooplankton, Nekton,  Copepods.  Marine animals,  Ecological  distribution,
        Tropical regions,  Pacific Ocean,  Crustaceans, Liplds.  Organic compounds, tferine
        fish, Esters, Wax,  Squid,  Chaetognaths, Decapods,  Pelagic animals.
 AMIC-79U5
  "COLUMBIA RIVER  THERMAL EFFECTS STUDY:  REACTOR EFFLUENT PROBLEMS", Becker, C. D.,
 Journal Water Pollution Control Federation, Vol. 1*5, No. 5, toy 1973, pp 850-869.
          Iheraal studies of the environmental impact of heated discharges from
 thermo-electric pow«r plants, nuclear and fossil-fueled, are passing through a decisive
 phase.  The Columbia River (Wash.) thermal effects study utilized the expertise,
 programs, and facilities of three agencies In order to focus on thermal problems
 peculiar to the Columbia River during 1968-70.  The studies dealt with (a) spawning
 populations Of adult and migration timing of Juvenile Chinook salmon, (b) sonic
 tracking of adult saljnonlds past heated reactor discharges, (c) thermal resistance of
 adult sftlaonids,  (d) passage of Juvenile salmonlds through reactor discharge plumes,
 (e)  eoulllbrlum loss and ecological death of Juvenile smlmonids from thermal shock,
 (t]  thermal shock and predatlon on Juvenile salfflonids, (g) food and feeding of Juvenile
        salnion, (h)  rearing temperatures and artificial propagation, (i) gas-bubble
        rf  Ml^nlds,  (jrfolumnarls disease in Columbia River fish, and 00 effects
on Columbia River invertebrates.

      TERMS-  Thermal stress,  Columbia River,  Environmental effects, Salmonids, Thermal
      Sw^Jjwts^at^r^ollution,  Reviews, Heated water, Fish diseases, Fish behavior,
      ££££££.;Flsh^opulMlon*, Heat resistance,  On-site investigations.
      Laboratory t«f , Survival, Pat-  interpretation.
 Anic-8o8e
 "EFFECT Of SKF-525A ON BRAIN ACEWLCHOLINESTERASE INHIBITION BY PARATHION  IN FISHES"
 Gibson, J. R.,  Ludke,  J.  L., Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and Toxicolocv '
 Vol. 9, No. 3,  March 1973,  pp  1UO-1U2.                      "     ~	—     »'

          Golden shiners  (Notemlgonus erysoleucae), green sunfish  (Lepomis  cyanellus)
 and blueglll sunfish (L.  macrochlrus) with no prior exposure to pesticideswere  uaedvu
 study the effect of SKF-525A on Parathion toxiclty as determined by brain ACHE activity
 After acclimation,  the fish were exposed to 1 ppm SKF-525A for 2U hours then to  200 ppm
 parathion for 10 hours.   At the end of the exposure, test and control fish were
 sacrificed and  ACHE activity determined.  From the results, it Is concluded  that
 SKF-525A pittreatoent affords  elgnifleant protection against parathion inhibition of
 brain ACHE in the golden shiner and green sunfish, but not in bluegill sunfish.

 INDEX TERMS:  Bioassay,  Sunflshes, Shiners, Pesticide toxicity, Parathion, SKF-525A
       Antagonists,  Acetylchollnesterase.                                            *
AfflC-8217
 "THE OCCURKEBCE AND DISTRIBUTION OF SOME AQUATIC PHYCOMfCETES OH ROSS ISLAND AND
 THE DRY VALLEYS OF VICTORIA LAND, ANTARCTICA", Knox,  J.  S.,  Pateruon, P.  A
 Ifrcologta. Vol. 65, No. 2, March/April 1973, PP 373-387.                   "'
         Water, soil, and alga samples collected on Ross  Island and the dry  valleys  of
Victoria Land during January and February,  1971,  were found to contain  monocentric
chytrldlaceous fungi, a blastocladiaceous fungus, and filamentous Oomycetea.  of  the
alga-infesting chytrids, only Scherffellomyces appendlculatus  and Chytridium versatile
could be identified with certainty.   Saprophytic  chytrids which grew on baits were	
represented by Rhiaophlyctis rosea.  and two new species, Rhlzophydlum proliferum  and
PhlyetochytrivBP recurvastoimai.  Catenophlyctis variabills occurred  as a saprophyte of
kerattnous substrata.The Oonycetes were represented by Pythium tenue  and an
undert«rmlned sterile species of Pythium.   Aside  from unverified observations of
Aphaaomyceg, members of the Saprolegniaceae were  lacking.  The  low diversity of aquatic
Pbycornycetes with frequent reoccurrence of  a few  species is noted nnd commented upon.

INDEX TERMS:  Aquatic fungi.  Ecological distribution, Antarctic, Isolation, Algae, Soil
      environment, Aquatic environment,  Cultures, Phyconycetes, Oomycetes,'ROSS Island,
      Victoria Land,  Sample preparation, Chytrids, Scherffeliomyces append!culatus,
      Chytridium versatile.

-------
                                                                               2.  BIDI.QGTCAI. METHPIB
  AMIC-8I*37
   "SOME  PHYSIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF SUBLETOAL HEAT STRESS IN THE JUVENILE STEELHEAD
  TRCUTT  (SADC GAIRDKEFI) AND COHO SALMON (ONCOIBY1ICHUS KISUTCH)", Wedemeyer, 0.,
  Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Vol. 30. Ho. 6, June 1973,
  pp B31-83U.

           The physiological stress and recovery times required were compared when
  hatchery-reared Juvenile coho salmon and steelhead trout, acclimated to 10 C were
  subjected  to a rapid, sublethal Increase (3 min) to 20 C and then held at that
  temperature.  Groups of 70 fish were used and subsamples of 10 fish were taken at 0,
  and 1,  3,  5, Zk, U8, and 72 hr.  Biochemical analyses of blood samples for interrenal
  vitamin C  levels, plasma bicarbonate, pH, Ca, chloride, cholesterol, glucose,
  hemoglobin, total protein, and oxygen consumption were carried out by previously
  described  methods.  The rapid temperature increase was found to impose a greater stress
  on juvenile coho salmon than on Juvenile steelhead trout.   Both species suffered
  hyperglycemla, hypocholesterolemla, increased blood hemoglobin, and decreased blood
  sugar regulatory precision, but the steelhead recovered more quickly.  Acid-base
  equilibrium was essentially unaffected, and only the coho Buffered any significant
  Interrenal vitamin C depletion.   Vitamin C  normalzation required about 2k hr.

  INDEX TERMS:   Thermal stress,  Fish physiology,  Coho salmon, Juvenile fish.  Laboratory
        tests,  Steelhead trout,  Biochemical tests,  Biochemical characteristics, Blood.
 AMIC-8WtO
 "MERCURY IN SEALS FROM EASTERN CANADA",  Sergeant,  D. E., Armstrong, F. A. J.,
 Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Vol. 30, No. 6y June 1973, pp 81t3-81|6

          Mercury concentrations were measured in four  species  of seals having different
 migratory patterns and feeding ecology In order to clarify to  some extent the distri-
 bution of mercury in the ocean and concentrations through  the  food chain.  Portions
 of 0.1-0.5-g tissue were analyzed by the low-temperature acid  digestion and atomic
 absorption method of Armstrong and Uthe  (1971).   Mercury concentrations vere highest In
 liver (usually 1-100 ppm) but up to 387  Ppm and lowest in  blubber (usually 0.1 ppm).
 Levels In muscle ranged from less than 0.16 to 2.35 ppm.   Values similar to those in
 muscle were found in the few specimens of heart,  intestine, and lungs analyzed, and
 higher values in kidney and hair.   Ratios of mercury in the liver to that In the muscle
 for adult seals were much greater than those found in  two  species of freshwater fish and
 three species of domestic animals exposed to wide  ranges of mercury concentrations in
 their food.   Mercury in seals increased  with age and appeared to vary with the position
 in the marine food web of the organisms  which  they eat.  Harp seals (Pagophllus
 groenlnndieus),  which feed on small pelagic  fish and crustaceans, accumulated an order
 of magnitude less mercury than grey (Hallehoerus grypus) and harbour (Phoca vltullna)
 seals,  which live on large pelagic  and benthlc fish and cephalopoda.   However,  grey and
 harbour seals are resident In eastern Canadian waters,  which presumably contain higher
 mercury levels than arctic waters, where harp seals spend about half the year.   Yet hood
 seals (Cystpphora cristate),  which  spent more than half the year in arctic waters but
 feed on large fish and cepnalopods, had mercury levels as high as grey and harbour seals

 INDEX TERMS:  Mercury, Canada, Bloaccumulatlon, Harp seals, Grey seals,  Harbor  seals,
      Hood seals.
 AMIC-81(38
  "AW IK SITU METHOD FOR MEASURING PRIMARY  PRODUCTIVITY  OF ARCTIC  SEA ICE AIXJAE",
 Clasby, R.  C., Horner,  R.,  Alexander, V., Journal of the Fisheries Research Board
 of Canada,  Vol.  30, No.  6,  June 1973, PP
          An in situ technique has  been devised  for measuring the primary productivity
 of the ice algal community  in the  Arctic Ocean.  A combined sampler-incubation chamber
 constructed of plexiglass was screwed Into the underside  of the ice to a depth of 2 cm
 by SCUBA divers.  The above chamber was Inoculated with C-lU-bicarbonate for primary
 productivity experiments.   In order to measure photosynthetic rates under varying light
 conditions,  rectangular plexiglass boxes were suspended beneath the Ice from ice pitons.
 The incubation chambers were placed in these boxes without  being surfaced and the boxes
 were wrapped with perforated metal screening to simulate  various light Intensities.
 There was  a  slight Increase In primary productivity rates over the range of 13-66 lux.
Above 66 lux the  rate Increased sharply-  It «" <&*<> »°*f» tnat productivity rates
ragged from  7.67-«g C/sq m hr near the peak of the bloom  to a low of 0.30-og C/sq m hr
Just prior to the  thaw period.

INDEX TERMS:  Primary  productivity. Ice cover, Marine algae, On-slte tests, Methodology,
      On-slte data collections.  Light intensity, Photosynthetic rates.
 AMIC.8Wt8
 'EFFECTS  OF BRIEF TEMPERATURE INCREASES ON LARVAE OF THE AMERICAN OYSTER (CRASSOSTREA
VIRGINICA)", Diaz, R. J., Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada,  Vol.  30,
No. 7, July 1973, PP 991-99-T

          Temperature increases effected with a heat exchanger consisting of an
entralnment tube in a constant temperature bath were studied In relation to their effects
on American oyster larvae.  To estimate growth and mortality, two 1-ml  subsamples  of
larvae were taken W) hr after the temperature Increase and then at U-day intervals.
The length of kO live larvae were measured and all living larvae counted.  The data were
then analyzed statistically.  Growth of larvae was not affected by brief temperature
increases of 10 to 15 degrees C, but a. 20 degree Increase had a detrimental effect.
Mortality increased significantly following all temperature increases.   Setting rates
of larvae receiving 15 to 21 degree Increases were significantly lower.  Growth rate,
mortality, and setting also seemed to be affected by the  age  at which larvae received
a thermal shock.

IHEEX TERMS:  Temperature, Growth rates,  Larvae,  Environmental effects,  Larval growth
      stage, Mollusks,  Invertebrates,  Mortality,  Animal growth, Thermal  stress,
      American oyster,  Macrolnvertebrates, Crassostrea virglnlca, Data interpretation.
                                                                                       33

-------
                                                                               2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
  AKtC-8581
   '•BERYLLIUM UPTAKE BY THE COHVS GUPPY USIMG RADIOISOTOPE BE-7.   I.   PRELBGHARY STUDY:
  TRACER MECHANICS AMD PROCEDURES", Dam, F. C.,  Slonla, A. R., U. S.  Air Force
  Systems Comn&nd, Aerospace Medical Research Laboratory, Wright-Patterson Air Force
  Base, Ohio, Final Report No, AMRL-TR-72-9U, October 1978, 17 pp. HTIS Report Ho.
  AD-758 SlU.

           The mechanics and several variables concerning the use of radioactive
I  beryllium, Be-7, and the possible interaction between beryllium solutions and glass
  were studied prior to the application of the isotope (la follow-on phase) a» a monitor
  of beryllium toxlcity In guppies.  Radioactivity vas measured in a scintillation counter
  Incorporating a sodium iodide well detector. Tracer activity or efficiency was evaluated
  under various conditions (e.g., isotope concentration, storage  in glass over time, and
  counting geometry relative to sample size and position In detector).   Tracer activity
  was proportional to tracer concentration and unaltered In a glass container  for a
  period up to 8 days.  Under the conditions of this  study,  beryllium  was not  lost from
  BeSOU solutions in glass bioassay Jars due to adsorption onto the glass or evaporation.
  Counting efficiency was relatively Independent  of sample size or position within well
  detector, so that water samples and exposed fish can be treated alike  relative to the
  detector geometry.  A procedure was outlined for estimating beryllium  uptake In fish
  exposed to aqueous beryllium solutions to which tracer has been added.

  IHDEX TERSE:  Tracers,  Absorption, Methodology,  Beryllium,  Radioactivity techniques.
        Alkaline earth metals,  Toxlclty,  Aqueous  solutions, Freshwater fish, Pollutant
        Identification, Guppy,  Beryllium radloisotopes, Be-7. Scintillation counting,
       Half-life,  Lebistes  retlculatus.  Path of pollutants.
 AMIC-8582
 "BERYLLIUM UPTAKE BY THE COMMDN GUPPY USIHG RADIOISOTOPE Be-7.  II.  BERYLLIUM
 CONCEUTBATICM IH FISH", Slonim, A. R., Damn, F. C., Air Fore* Systems Command,
 Aerospace Medical Research Laboratory, Wright-ftitterson Air Force Base, Ohio,
 Final Report Ho. AMRL-TR-72-95, October 1972, 25 PP.  HTIS Report Ho. AD-758 6l5.

          OVo bioassays were conducted in which radioactive beryllium, Be-7, was added
 as a tracer to beryllium sulfate solutions In order to obtain some Insight Into
 beryllium toxlcity In fish.  Tracer mechanics and procedures for measuring beryllium
 uptake  in guppies were detennlned in the previous pna.se.  The blos-ssay data Indicated
 that the  amount of beryllium concentrated within the guppies (and fry) was Influenced
bv the beryllium concentration in solution and by fish elze (inversely), and to a  less
extent by exposure  period,  but not by fish age, buffering to the beryllium solution, Or
water hardness.  Generally,  beryllium uptake varied greatly among guppies exposed  to the
     environmental  conditions.  Examination of Individual tissues and organs of six of
            revealed that most of the beryllium was concentrated In the viscera;
                              (per total organ) In the gastrolntestlne and kidney of the
                               p=        ^^^      ^ ^ ^ ^^^^ of bwiniw

                               the amount concentrated vlthln the fish, but more likely
              of bryniuon  a particular target organ, cellular or subcelluter
             ore %*% requiref to  determine the mechanise of beryllium toxiclty In

                         Toxicltv  Bioassay.  Radioactivity techniques, Absorption,
           c             S££i£2 effects.  Kinetics, Bioaccumulation, Guppy,
      Lebistes retlculatus,  Be-7, Animal tisBUes.
 AKK-8533
 "THE IHFUUEBCE OF HERBICIOSS USED OK HORTICULTURAL CROPS OS STREAM ECOUJGY", Howell,
 G. S.,  Jr., Ries, 5.  K.,  Michigan State University, Department of Horticulture,
 East Tanning,  Michigan, Project Completion Report, Contract No. DI-lU,01.OOQl-322a,
 November 1972, I1* Pp.  HTIS  Report So. PB-S17 88l.

          That  low levels  of  simzine elicit Increases In the growth of al&ie in
 culture has been  Investigated since this herbicide is used extensively in Michigan's
 horticultural  Industry and since these areas drain primarily into Lake Michigan.  In
 the study it was determined  that in spite of heavy uses of slnaalne on watersheds in
 the fruit belt of the state, and although nitrate analyses of the waters of the streams
 of the  area indicated that a correlation of K03 in the streams was directly related to
 greatest agricultural concentrations,  there was no measurable slmszine or other
 triazlne herbicides in the stream.   Laboratory experiments using unflltered water from
 an enriched river in central Michigan Indicated that siaszine at the very low levels
 (1 pM)  increased the dry weight of organic material in the culture as well as
 chlorophyll a.  These changes appear to be seasonal,  as no response using the same
 water was elicited during the sumoer period and early winter.   A series of experiments
 In pure culture with Anabsena cylindrlca gave an increased growth at very low levels of
 simzine.  An added contribution resulting from this  study was the development of a
 procedure to extract triazlne herbicides from stream water.  Concentrations as low as
 0.01 mlcroM could be detected using the procedure.

 DCEX 2ERM5J  Water pollution effects,  Primary productivity, Plant growth,  Herbicides,
      Triazlne pesticides, Aquatic algae, Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides,  Water
      pollution. Aquatic plants, Laboratory tests, Sinazlne, Anabsena  cylindrica,
      Chlorophyll  a. Enrichment. Detection limits.	
AMIC-8589
"ECOLOGICAL tCWITORIHG OF STREAM SYSTQG", Hooper, F. F.,  Hlldebrand,  S.  C.,  Kovalak,
W. P., University of Michigan, Department of Wildlife and Fisheries, Ann  Arbor,
Michigan, Project Completion Report, MSU Bo.  71-2391, Contract No.  01-1*1-0001-3222,
March 1973, 66 pp.  HTIS Report Ho. PB-218 709.

         In order to clarify the function of drift in Invertebrate  populations and
determine the feasibility of drift as a monitor  tool, the relation  between drift
density, and food level In artificial streams, drift density  relations in a natural
stream system (Pigeon River), and the fate of drift in pools  (Club  Stream)  hare been
Investigated.  In the controlled conditions established  in the  artificial stream
system, the drift of "11 taxa examined was a  linear function  of population density.
Drift was density related but density dependent.   The range of  densities  used  for the
five taxa far exceeded the densities observed for  these  taxa  In the Pigeon  River.
Of the 26 taxa examined for the relation of drift  to density  in the Pigeon  River, only
6 showed a significant relationship on a numerical or weight basis.   For  the six taxs,
drift was linearly related to density but  not density dependent.  The artificial stream
studies Indicated food level was an important factor Influencing drift rates.  Pools
do not act as major consumers of invertebrate drift.   Two processes, transport and
production, seem to dominate in normal pool dynamics.  In most cases drift  increased
across the pools.  The study was not able  to  substantiate the hypothesis of Muller
(1952*) that drift acts as a density dependent agent of removal of excess populations.
Drift did not reflect intraspecific competition for space and thus would not tie useful
In quantitative evaluations of water quality.  On a qualitative basis,  the results  of
the study suggest that drift may be very useful In monitoring water  quality.  It  is

-------
                                                                             2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
AMIC-8599 (Continued)
                                                                         card a/a
suggested that monitoring drift rates of taxa utilizing a food base altered In a  stream
by enrichment would be very useful in assessing enrichment stimulated density  change.

I1JDEX TERMS:  Monitoring, Aquatic drift, Ecology,  Natural streams,  Animal populations.
      Invertebrates, Water quality, Aquatic insects,  Food abundance,  On-site
      investigations, Biorhthyns, Laboratory tests, Crustaceans, Species density,
      Enrichment, Data interpretation.
  AMIC-8595
  "THE MEASUREMENT OF PIAHKTONIC HETEROTHOm AS AH UTOICATOR OF EUTROPHICATKM",
  Monhelmer, R. H., Wayne State University, Department of Biology,  Detroit,  Michigan,
  Project Completion Report, Contract Ho. DI-lfc-31-0001-3522, February 1973, 22 pp.
  NTIS Report Ho. FB-218 708.

           The major emphasis of this research was directed at developing and
  establishing methods for measuring rates of plaaktonlc production resulting from
  heterotrophic microorganisms.   A method has been developed which  Include*  the
  leterotrophlc processes in the measurement of total planktonlc production.  The  ba*lc
 approach was to examine sulfur metabolism,  rather than carbon, »s the production
 yardstick.   The Initial Idea was to have suifate •ulfur (»ulfur-35)  Incorporated by %
  ilcrobial community into organic •ulfur,  extraction of the organic isotope followed by
 the measurement of the  rate of utilization of this organic suLfur-35 when  It was added
 to  water containing the unlabeled aicrobial community.   While working with the S-350V,
  he hvcotheals was formed that  suifate may  serve as the source of sulfur for most
  eroblc  ntlcroblAl communities and, therefore,  the uptake of suifate  sulfur may be
  ndlcatlve of both photosynthetlc and heterotrophic production proceMes.  Thie
  vnothesis  was examined and was found to be valid.   A.  a result of field studies In
like Et  Clalr  It was concluded that by not examining  heterotrophic production, usual
       uotake measurements will underestimate production by as much  a* 25  percent and,
          polluted situation* where there is a large Input of organic material,  the
                 av be a» blah  as UOQ percent.  The measurement of planktonic
              is  Ifflportwit and need* to be included In the  study of eutrophication and
 utrophlcatlon processes.
      ttMit  Eutwphlcation, Bloindicators, Measurement, Sulfates.  Heterotrophy.
                                                                                             AMIC-8599
                                                                                             "COMPAHISOH OF MICBOHABriATS OF MACROSCOPIC SUBAIPDE STREAM AICAE",  ftirker,  B. C.,
                                                                                             Sansel, G.  L., Jr., Prescott, 0. W., The American Midland Naturalist.  Vol.  90, No. 1,
                                                                                             July 1973,  PP 1U3-153.

                                                                                                      Comparative studies of the mlcrohabitats of the algae Hydrurus foetldus,
                                                                                             Honostroma  qyaternariim and two species of Batrachospermom have disclosed differences
                                                                                             which apparently control the specific distribution of these algae within the  same
                                                                                             subalplne stream beds.  Hydrurus attached primarily to sandstones in bright,  direct
                                                                                             sunlight  and  exhibited cytologlcal deterioration, decreases In chlorophyll  and rates of
                                                                                             photosynthesis following 6 days' transfer to the dimmer nearby habitats of
                                                                                             Batraehospermum vagum and B. testale.  Batrachospermum,  which attached to many rock
                                                                                             types, grew only in 8haded~areas and exhibited rapid deterioration such as  bleaching,
                                                                                             reduction in  chlorophyll and photosynthetlc rates when moved to the brighter  habitats
                                                                                             of Hydrurus or Monostrome.  Moaostrans tolerated a wide  range in light intensities,
                                                                                             but showed exceptional specificity for iron-rich conglomerates.   Monoatrooa thrived
                                                                                             exclusively just below the vater surface on the downstream sides of Conglomerates with
                                                                                             their holdfasts Intimately associated with the black iron-rich nlneral(s).  these
                                                                                             findings are documented by laboratory and field measurements and experiments.

                                                                                             IHDEX TERMS:  Aquatic algae,  Ecological distribution, Aquatic habitats, Montana,
                                                                                                  Rocks, Environmental effects, Ecology, Chrysophyta, Chlorophyta, Rhodophyta,
                                                                                                  PrlBary productivity,  Photosynthesis, On-site  tests, Laboratory tests, Light
                                                                                                  Intensity, Water properties, Subalplne streams. Substrates, Peer Lick Creek,
                                                                                          AKIC.8601
                                                                                         "SEASOWO. FLUCTUATIONS OF AQUATIC MACPOINVERTEBRATES IN OAKWOGD BOTTOMS GKEEHTREE
                                                                                         RESEJWOIR", Hubert, W. A., Krull, J. »., The American Midland Naturalist, Vol. 90,
                                                                                         So. 1, July 1973,  PP  177-185.

                                                                                                  The seasonal abundance and diversity of aquatic nacrolnvertebraties has been
                                                                                         described within Oafcwood Bottoms Greentree Reservoir.  An 8-ln diameter wire household
                                                                                         sieve wa» used to  collect the organisms during five surveys, each of which was made
                                                                                         during different seasons of 1971.  The samples were preserved In 70 percent ethyl
                                                                                         alcohol for Identification, counting and weighing.  Bloca.se was calculated on a wet
                                                                                         weight basis and Included nonliving portions of Invertebrates.   The following physical
                                                                                         and chemical parameters vere measured at the study area!   water temperature,  turbidity,
                                                                                         water level fluctuation,  DO, pH, total alkalinity and conductivity.   A  large  variety of
                                                                                         macrolnvertebrates occurred at Oakwood, with populations  in permanent water areas (56
                                                                                         taxa)  distinctly different from populations in areas with temporary water conditions
                                                                                         (20 taxa).   The  greatest number and blonnss of Invertebrates occurred from November to
                                                                                         April  with fingernail  clams, amphipods,  isopods and pulmorate snails predominating.
                                                                                         Sufficient quantities  of macrolnvertebrates are present to serve as a significant food
                                                                                         source for waterfowl utilizing the Reservoir during spring and autumn migrations.

                                                                                         IKDEX  TEIWS:   Aquatic animals, Crustaceans,  Aquatic Insects,  Mollusks, Bottom
                                                                                               saimpllng, Systematic*,  Annelids, Water chemistry, Blonass, Animal populations,
                                                                                               Seasonal variation, Macrolnvertebrates, Species diversity, Species density,
                                                                                               Oakwood Bottoms Creentree Reservoir, Flatworms, Water mltea.
                                                                                     35

-------
                                                                                2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
   AffiC-8610
   "BlOteGBADATION OF OLEATES", Williams, J., Bennett, E. o.. Journal Vatftr Pollution
   Control Federation. voi. (15, NO. 8, August 1973, pp 1671-16511          	

            Beciuse of the wide variety of man-nude oleates being used  In Industry, tests
   were conducted to determine the biodegz-Bdability of a number of commercial compounds.
   The compounds studied were metal oleates,  glycol oleates, glyeerol oleates, butyl,
   morphollne, methyl, trlethanolamlne oleates,  and methyl hydroxyoleate.  Pseudononas
   aeru^lnosa cultures were prepared for the  tests by growing on nutrient agar~and
   resuepending in saline solution.  The inoculum was placed in a.  flank containing
   mlnei-al salts basal medium and a specified concentration of a particular  fatty acid salt
   as the sole carbon source.  Blodegradability  was detenained by  the rate of growth Of the
   bacteria in oleate medium and in a control medium.   Sodium oleate  which Is known to be
   biodegradable served as a reference.   The  results Indicate that the degree and rate of
   degradation of olsic and hydrfaeyolelc acids are affected by purity of the substrate,
   number or position of oleate substltuents,  presence of metallic substances,  and.
   concentration of the substrate,

   IHBEX TERMS:   Microbial degradation,  Cultures, Growth  rates, FseudonoDBs
         Oleates,
[AHIC-8627
  "HITMTE HEDUCTftSE ACTIVITY DURING A DIHOFLAGELLATE BLOOM", Harrison, W.  G.,
  Limnology and Oceanography. Vol.  18, HO. 3, May 1973,  PP
          Samples of water and plankton were collected from the Pamlico River for
 measurement of anmonla,  nitrate,  nitrite,  and phosphate contents, nitrate reductase
 (HP) Activity,  and  phytoplanfcton  population.  Hater emperature and salinity were also
 determined.  The purpose of the study UH.B  to determine vhat conditions gs.v« rise to
 winter dinoflagellate  ( Peridlntum triquetrum) blooms.   IfH activity was determined by
 filtering samples througi a glass fiber filter,  grinding the filter with a Teflon-glass
 horoogenlzer In  phosphate buffer and dlthlothreltol,  and centrifuglne the crude enzyme
 extract out.  This extract was Incubated for U5  jain.  with BACH and the HR activity
 calculated as the amount of" nitrite formed.   MR  activity po.m3J.fled the derelofoeat of
 a  vlnter dinoflagellate  bloom.  High enzyme  activity was associated not only with high
 alail bioaaaa,  prlmrliy of Perldlnlum trlquetrum, but also with low nitrate
 concentrations  In the typically nltra&.-rlch waters.   Ultrate was an Important source of
 nitrogen for the bloom organisms In  spite  of the abundance of aamonlum.  The initiation
and cessation of nitrate assimilation seemed closely related to tb* appeartinc* and.
ilsappftarance of the bloom.  Although nitrate metabolism my be an important factor In
bloom tlffling, temperature, salinity,  and flushing of the system ar» also Involved.

      TE»B:  Nutrients,  Growth rates, Blooass, Water  quality, Nitrate reducta*s,
      Peridinlvan triquetrum.
                                                                                       36
  "THE LIGHT EEPEHDEHCE OF NITRATE REKKTAEE IH MARIME PHYTOPLAJDCTON", Packard, T. T.,
  Limnology and Oceanography, Vol. 18, Bo. 3, Hay 1973, pp 1*66-1(69.

          Experiments are described which were designed  to determine the li^it
  dependence of nitrate reductase (l»K) in natural marine  phytoplAtikton populations.  The
  studies were conducted In the Jfeuritanean sector of the KU African upueillng system
 during Mircb . April 1970.  Seawater rich in both phytoplankton and inorginlc
 nacronutrtents (N03(BlnuE), KA(3 minus), and SiOU(U minus)) was collected before dawn
 with a large volume iron toxic sampler and transferred to U-llter Pyrex bottles.  Each
 bottle was covered by a nickel screen designed to simulate the  In  situ llgnt Intensity
 at the depths to which 100, 50,  £5,  10,  and 1 percent of the surface light penetrated.
 A dark bottle provided a control.   The bottle* were incubated at sea-surface
 temperature (17 C) and natural sunlight  until noon.   The samples were then analyzed for
 NJ? activity.   The light dependence of aBsiimlatory nitrate reductase in marine
 photoplankton was shown to follow  a  rectsnguJa*- hyperbola.  Analysis by the
 Mlchaelia-Menten equation yielded  values of K sub Lt ranging from O.OO2 to 0.037 langleys
 per mln.  indicating that the light requirements of phytoplankton are satisfied at low
 light Intensities.

 IHDEX TEBMSs  Bioassay,  Phytoplankton, Light  intensity,  Limiting factors.  Nitrate
       reductase.
AMtC-8633
 "A MESSEHOER-OPERATED CL06IBG THWL", Hopkins, T.  L., Balrd,  R.  C.,  Milliken, B.  M.,
Ljanology and Oceanography,  Vol. 10, Mo. 3, i*y 1973, pp U
         A closing system has been developed for a Tucker trawl which offers »n
inexpensive, reliable alternative to the more costly  and complicated acoutic and
clock-timer eJjuipment previously used.   The Tucker trawl is a modification of the trawl
described by Davles and Barham (1969),  »ut uses a messenger-actuated mechanism.
Knotted or knotless nylon netting is used on the trawl to which &, 0.5-ffl plankton net is
attached.  The catch bucket is a 50 cmsectlon of thick-walled PVC tubing closed at one
end with a stock pipe-end fused to the  tubing-   Holes 12 mm in  dianeter are drilled in
the end to facilitate movement of organism* into the  bucket.  The bucket Is fitted with
333-aacron mesh to retain the catch.  The trawl  Is also  fitted  vlth 9 flowaeter whicl)
records only when the net is ftshing,   Travlo with release mechanism, flowmeter,  and
time-depth recorder cost about 1500 dollars each.

INDEX TEfWS:  Sampling,  Design,  Tucker

-------
                                                                               2.   BIOLOGICAL METHODS
  AMIC-8635
  "UNRELIABILITY OF THE  C-ll» METHOD FOR ESTIMATING PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY IN EUTROPHIC
  DUTCH COASTAL KATEfE",  Gieskes, W. W. C., van Bennekom, A. J., Limnology and
  Oceanography, Vol.  18,  No. 3,  fey 1973, PP UgU-Ugj.

           Since large amounts of carbon assimilated during photosynthesis have been
  shown to be excreted by phytoplankters, It is believed that the release of C-It-tagged
  compounds could lead to a considerable underestimation of primary productivity using
  the Steeraann-Nielsen (1952)  C-ll  technique.  Using the above as a basis, primary
  productivity has been  estimated for the particulate and dissolved organic fraction in
  the eutrophic Rhine River using the liquid scintillation method of Anderson and
  Zeutschel (1970).  Other sources  of error vere also investigated:  (1) labeled
  polysaccharides and other organic compounds of the gelatinous material in which
  phytoplankton colonies  are embedded and (2) the high content of dissolved silica in
  C-lt ampoules which results  in an overstlmation.  Results of preliminary experiments
  using seawater from the edge of the Rhine River plume show that (1) productivity may be
  enhanced by the level of silica enrichment taking place when the contents of normal C-ll
  ampoules are added  to small  samples; (2) overestimation will probably be minimized If
  short incubation periods are used; and (3) the activity of filters and filtrates should
  be measured when dealing with  dominant phytoplankton species which secrete gelatinous
  sheaths.

  INDEX TERMS:   Measurement, Primary productivity, Radioactivity techniques, Reliability,
       Silica,  Photosynthesis,  Estimating, Error sources, C-lU, Enrichment.
 AMIC-8636
 'UPTAKE OF SELENIUM BY AQUATIC ORGANISMS", Sandholm, M., Oksanen,  H.  E.,  Peaonen,  L.,
 Limnology and Oceanography. Vol. 18,  No. 3, May 1973, PP "
10
          Fish muscle samples, plankton, aquatic plants, and meat meals were analyzed
 for the presence of selenium.  The method of Llndberg (1968) was used in which
 2  3-diaffllnonaphthalene Is used as a fluorescing reagent and the recovery of Se  Is
jneaaured using Se-75 as a tracer.  Cultured Scenedesaus dimorphus were used to  study
the transfer  of Se from selenite and selenometfiionine from water to phytoplankton.   In
some cases metabolic inhibitors (iodoacetamlde, 1-methlonine, KCN,  1-ethionlne,
2 fc-dlnitrophenol) were used.  The transfer or Se from selenite and aelenomethionine to
fisheis was studied in aquaria.  Phytoplankton which had taken up Se-75 were fed to
            and finally the fish Puntiue arullug.  The Se content was lowest In aquatic
                 fro. 0.02 to O.VTff^T^r Plankton samples contained from 1.1 to
                 cultured In pond* 0.5 to 0.9 PP*, and fi.h« fmn natural  environment.
    tb2 9 PPO.  The phytoplankter, Scenedesmus dimorphus, actively concentrated
                      but neither actively nor pft5slvely concentrated Inorganic  selenite.
                                tvy of Paphnia pulex. absorbed Se frcn selenite.  In
     us                 ^* s^n^ferganlc or i*^  8e directly
    water,  but did concentrate Ee from food.
     ™.«/c    Av,«™^tlr>n Aouatlc life, Path of pollutants, Aquatic plants, Freshwater
                                                                                      37
                                                                                            "SAMPLING BIAS OF A LONGHUHST-HARDK PLANKTON RECORDER", Haury, L. R., Limnology and
                                                                                            Oceanography. Vol. 18,  No.  3, May  1973, PP  500-506.

                                                                                                     The sampling bias  due  to  the residence time of organisms within the net of a
                                                                                            vertically towed LonghurstWfa.rdy plankton recorder was Investigated by injecting
                                                                                            plastic pellets and preserved zooplsnkton Into the net mouth at knovn times during tows
                                                                                            The shortest residence  time was 13 sec for  tow speeds of from 86 to 103 cm per sec;
                                                                                            most plankters remained in  the  net much longer.  The injected plankton stalled within
                                                                                            the net intermittently, causing artificial  fluctuations in abundance along the
                                                                                            recorder gauze.  Differences in tow speed caused changes in stalling characteristics.
                                                                                            Underestimates of total plankton abundance  occurred, probably due to leakage through,
                                                                                            the recorder and to permanent hangups on the net.  (Reprinted from Limnology and
                                                                                            Oceanography, Vol. 18,  No.  3, Hay  1973, PP  500-506.  Copyright 1973 by the American
                                                                                            Society of Limnology and Oceanography, Inc.  Reprinted by permission of the copyri^it
                                                                                            owner.)

                                                                                            INDEX TERMS:   Sampling, Zooplankton,  Bias,  Longhurst-Hardy plankton recorder.
AMJC-86U2
"SttERGISM OF INSECTICIDES BY HERBICIEES",  LIchtenstein, E.  P.,  Liang,  T.  T., Anderegg,
B. H., Science. Vol. 181, No. 1*102, August  1973,  PP 81*7-8^9.

         The herbicides atrazine, simazlne, monuron,  and 2,UJ> enhanced the  toxicity
of selected insecticides to Drosophila melanoeaster Meigen,  Musca domeatlca  L., and
larvae of Aedes aegyptl L.  The Insecticides - nine organophosphorus compounds, two
Chlorinated hydrocarbons, and one carbamate - were used at dosages that resulted ir low
Insect mortalities, while the herbicides by themselves  were  nontoxic.   Atrazine was
moat effective.  With Increasing amounts of this  herbicide and constant amounts of some
insecticides, increasing mortalities of fruit flies were observed.  Exposure of the
insects for 2U hours to carbofuran (0.5 microgram), p,p'J>DT (U  mlcrograms), parathlon
(0.35 mlcrogram), and diazinon (0.2 rtlcrogram)  alone  resulted in mortalities of 7.5,
9.5, 6, and 10.5 percent, respectively.  Based on dosage mortality curves obtained with
increasing amounts of atrazine, mortalities of 50 percent  of the  insect populations
would have been achieved with 23,  1»0,  6,  and 10 micrograms of atrszine  added to the
above-mentioned dosages of carbofuran,  DOT,  parathion, and diazinon, respectively.

INDEX TERMS:  Bloassay, Pesticide toxicity.  Insecticides,  Herbicides, DDT, Mosquitoes,
      2 U-D, Dieldrin, Synergism,  Atrazine,  Slmazine, Carbofuran, Parathlon,
      Paraoxon, Dlazoxon, Dyfonate,  Dyfoxon,  Phorate, Phorate sulfoxide, Phorate sulfone.
      House flies. Fruit flies.

-------
                                                                               2.  BIOLOGICAL METHDEE
  AMTC-86U3
  "LIGHT AHD ELECTRON MICROSCOPE STUDIES OF DIATOM SPECIES BELONGING TO THE GEHUS
  CHAETOCEROS EHRENBEBG.  I.  CHAETOCEROS SEPIENTRIOHALE OESTRUP". Duke, E. L. ,
  Levin, J., Reimann, B. E. F.~ PhycologTa» Vol. 12. Hos. 1/2, June 1973, pp 1-9.

            The ultrastructural detail and a schematic reconstruction of the silica shell
  of Chaetoceros septentrlonale Oestrup are presented.  The material for this study was
  derived from cultured material from four sources in Pacific and Atlantic coastal waters,
  A significant finding is the participation of the valvar costae in the formation of the
  setae.  Three types of girdle bands are described.  The first girdle band is equipped
  with horns that project upward into the basal parts of the setae.  These findings are
  compared with previous descriptions of Chaetoceros septentrionale and other members of
  the genus Chaetoceros, particularly in reference to the differentiation of girdle bands
  and Intercalary bands.

  INDEX TERMS:  Electron microscopy, Systematlcs, Chaetoceros septentrionale,
        Ultrastructure.
 AMIC-flc*?
 "SENSITIVITY Of DUHALIELLA AMD SCEHEDESMUS (CHLOBOPHYCEAE) TO CHLORINATED HYDROCARBONS",
 Luard, E. J., Phycologla.  Vol. 12,  Hos.  1/2, June 1973, PP 29-33.

          DunalielAa tertiolecta and Scenedesmus quadrlcauda, two algal species with
 quite different morphological characters,  were tested for resistance to chlorinate*
 hydrocarbons, as measured  by  carbon-lit uptake.  The purpose of such tests wa* to
 determine the significance of cell barriers  In conferlng resistance to chlorinated
 hydrocarbons.  Young, rapidly dividing cells were exposed to 0.1-10OO ppb concentrations
 of the hydrocarbons in flasks to which were added sodium C-lU-blcarbonate and unlabeled
 sodium bicarbonate.  C-lU  fixation by the  cells was determined by liquid scintillation
 using a xylene based scintillation fluor.  Both species were found to be resistant to
 2,2,-bis (p-chlorophenyl)_l,l,l_trichloroethane (DDT) and its analogs (1000 ppb), but
 sensitive to pel/chlorinated blphenyl (PCB)} Scenedesmus at 0.1 ppb, and DunalleUa at
 LOO ppb.  A  literature summary is Included concerning Inhibition of plants by
chlorinated  hydrocarbons.

IMDEX TERMS:  Chlorophyta,  Phytoplankton, Resistance, Laboratory tests, DDT, DDS, DDD,
      Polychlorinated  blphenyla, Inhibition, Absorption, Scenedesmus quadricauda,
      Dunallella tertiolecta.  Sensitivity,  Chlorinated hydrocarbons, C-lU.
 AMIC-86U6
 T3ROWTH OF DICTlfOSPHAERIUM. SELENASTRUM. AND SCENEDESMUS (CHLOROPHYCEAE)  IN A DILUTE
 ALGAL MEDIUM", Tralnor, F. E,, Shubert, L. E.. Phycologla,  Vol.  12, Nos.  1/2, June
 1973, PP 35-39-

         The growth of Scenedesmus, Dietyosphaerium, and Selenastrua  was  examined in  a
 dilute medium with a total of 28.5 mg/1 inoragnic salts and in river  water.  Algae vere
 grown in stationary culture in 5O ml flasks or on a roller tube  rotator at  I1* rpm in
 test tubes at 22 C.  Growth was measured by direct cell counts and with a colorimeter.
 Routinely, an actively growing inoculum was used, sufficient to  give  an initial cell
 concentration of approximately 200,000 cells/ml; this was adequate for colorimeter
 readings.  Diurnal light of 3200 lux Intensity was used throughout.   Each day, after  a
 determination of growth, the culture was transferred,  by dilution  to  the  original cell
 number.  Some cultures were grown in this way for several weeks, and  a uniform dally
 increment in growth is reported for 10-day experiments.  Using this technique similar
 growth rates were recorded in sterile-filtered river water  used as a  medium.  Stock
 Cultures can be held in dilute media for several weeks, by  first establishing a healthy
population, and then maintaining the culture under minimal  conditions, usually light at
 160-215 lux.  Scenedeamus and Dietyosphaerium were cultured in the dilute medium  and
 showed doublings of 1 plus/day!Growth of Selenastrua was  compared in one experiment.
Results with the dilute medium compared favorably with those for Bristol's medium.

INDEX TERMS:  Growth rates,  Cultures, Eloassay, Scenedesmus, Dietyosphaerium,
      Selenastrum,  Culture media.
AMC-8651
"A RAPID METHOD FOR CLEARING DIATOMS FROM TAXONOMIC  AMD ECOLOGICAL STUDIES",
Zoto, G. A., Dillon, D. 0., Schlichting,  H.  E., Jr.,  Phycologia, Vol. 12, Nos.
June 1973, PP 69-70.
1/2,
         A new method utilizing a muffle  furnace at  560 plus or minus 10 C for 15 to 20
minutes to clear diatoms for taxonomic study  is presented.  This technique allows for
exceptionally well cleared frustules for  all  the diatoms studied.  It also allows
phytosociologlcal studies to be made of the colonization and succession of the diatoms
on the exposed slides or coverslips from  various aquatic habitats.  This method has
been used only for the moderate and heavily siliclfied diatom frustules, and it has not
been tested for the delicate frustules of Rhizosolenia, Attheya, and Chaetoceros.

INDEX TERMS:  Systematlcs,  Ecology,  Diatoms, Methodology, Cytological studies,  Pollutant
      identification,  Chrysophyta, Sample preparation, Rhizosolenia,  Attheya,
      Chaetoceros,  Frustules.

-------
                                                                               2.  BIOLOGICAL >CTHODE
  AMIC-8669
  "TOXICOLOGY OF PESTICIDES:  RECEHT ADVANCES"
  Vol. 6, No. 2, June 1973, PP 202-2U3.
                                               Kay,  K., Environmental Research,
           A rather extensive review is presented which covers recent research findings
  on the toxicology of pesticides.  The areas covered include (l) production and control
  legislation, (2) organic phosphates and carbamates, (3) chlorinated hydrocarbon
  pesticides, (U) mercury-containing pesticides,  (5)  bipyridyl herbicides,  (6)  toxicology
  or captan, (?) carcinogenic aspects of pesticide vehicles and carriers, and  (8) distri-
  bution of pesticides in the environment.

  INDEX TERMS:  Pesticide toxicity, Animal pathology, Animal metabolism, Ecological
        distribution. Human pathology, laboratory tests,  Bioassay,  Reviews,  Absorption,
        Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides, Polychlorinated biphenyls, Carbamate pesti-
        cides, Organophosphorus pesticides, Animal growth,  Metal organic pesticides,
        Embryonic growth stage. Legal aspects,  Resistance,  Insecticides, Herbicides,
        Fungicides, Arsenicals (pesticides), Mitlcides, Animal physiology,  Persistence,
        Bactericides, Antibiotics (pesticides). Water pollution,  Toxicology,
        Carclnogeniclty,  Bloaccumulation,  Median  tolerance  limit. Mercurials (pesticides).
        Enzymatic inhibitors,  Teratogenicity, Metabolites,  Biological magnification.
        Pollutant effects, Mutagenlcity, Neurogeniclty.
 AMIC-8672
 "EFFECTS  OF EXPOSURE  TO SOBLETHAL DDT OS TOE EXPLORATORY BEHAVIOR OF GOLDFISH
 (CARASSIUS AURATUS)", Davy,  F. B., Kleerekoper, H., Water Resources Research.
                 Hgust 1973,  PP 900-905.
Vol.
        No.
          When they are Introduced Into a novel environment, normal goldfish display a
 highly specific nonrandom exploratory behavior.  It consists of a systematic spatial
 and temporal distribution of activity that in the light of its complexity Is assumed to
 36 under the control of the central nervous system.  Fourteen goldfish were used to
 Investigate such exploratory behavior as influenced by exposures to subacute
 concentrations of DDT.  The fish were kept individually In fiberglass tanks in 100 1 of
 stagnant aerated water at a mean temperature of 21 C.  Locomotor behavior was monitored
 over a.  20-hour period before treatment and again U days later after exposures which
 ere continuous   Once every Sk hr each fish was transferred to a clean tank containing
a  10 microKrams/1 concentration of p,p'-DDT.  Aspects of this exploratory behavior vere
 significantly affected by chronic exposure to DDT (10 mlcrograms/1 p,p'-DDT for U
davs)   and thus earlier suggestions in the literature that the pesticide may affect
functions  controlled by the central nervous system were reinforced.  The maintenance of
™ f ish for  20 hours in laboratory water following exposure to DDT resulted in a
 ecrease in the described DDT effect.
AMIC-8675
"SIMPLE APPARATUS FOR CONDUCTING ACUTE TOXICITY BIOASSAYS UNDER FIELD CONDITIONS",
Falk, M. R., Water Research, Vol. 7,  So. 6,  June 1973,  PP 821-822.

         Cages 61 X 30.5 X 30.5 cm were constructed from aluminum angle frames  for use
in field bioassays.  Within each cage a 0.6U cm braided nylon mesh bag with an  opening
of 100 sq cm was suspended and attached along the top.   A plastic bag U6 X 96 cm was
placed in each mesh bag.  The apparatus was  tested by lashing six of the cages  together
and anchoring them in 20 cm of water.  Fish  from the area were placed in the bags
which were lightly aerated.  Results from the tests were comparable to those obtained
in laboratory tests.  However, the portable  apparatus was much much cheaper to  set up
and saved the cost of shipping effluents.

INDEX TERMS:  Bioassay, Mechanical equipment, On-site tests,  Costs, Cages.
AMIC-868U
'VATER QUALITY CRITERIA FOR EUROPEAN FRESHWATER FISH.   REPORT ON MONOHYDRIC PHENOLS
AND INLAND FISHERIES", Alabaster, J. S., CaLamari, B.,  Grande, M.,  et al., Water
Research. Vol. 7, No. 6, June 1973, PP 929-91*!.
         Review of the literature concerning the occurrence and effects of phenols in
the aquatic environment shows that phenolic wastes can  contain monohydric phenols,
including phenol, the three cresol isomers, and the  six xylenol isoners, together with
Other substances.  They may adversely affect freshwater fisheries by their direct
toxicity to fish and fish-food organisms, by their high oxygen demand resulting in
oxygen depletion of the receiving water, and by  the  production of undesirable flavours
in the edible flesh of fish.  Laboratory tests show  that the toxicity of phenol is
Increased by decrease in dissolved-oxygen concentration, increase in salinity, and
decrease in temperature.  Salmonlds and newly hatched fish are more sensitive than
coarse fish and adults, respectively.   Cresols,  xylenols, and phenols are of similar
toxicity, and the toxicity of mixtures of phenols is apparently additive,  although the
toxicity of phenolic wastes may be greater  than  expected from chemical analyses, since
these n»y not be equally sensitive to  all phenols and may neglect the contribution
from other poisons.  Because of difficulties caused by  Inadequate chemical analysis
there are few field observations  which can  be used to reinforce laboratory findings.
For this reason, and also because of gaps in knowledge  of the effect of temperature on
toxicity, only tentative criteria can  be established, which may have to be modified
in the light of further experience.  These  criteria are expressed as maximum
concentrations which should not be exceeded but  it should be appreciated that
because of the natural fluctuation in  the water quality found in rivers over a period
of time, the average concentration will be  lower to an extent depending on local

-------
                                                                               2.  BIOUX3HCAL. VS7OKSS,
  AHTC-868U (Continued)
Card 2/2
  circumstances.  Mudnuni permissible levels for  salmonlds,  coarse; fish, and commercial
  fisheries are given.

  IHDEX TERMS:  Odor, Taste, Phenols, Fish,  Toxielty, Water pollution sources. Algae,
        Bacteria, Protozoa, Crustaceans,  Mollusks, Cresola,  Xylenols,  Aldehydes,
        Pyroeatechol, Resorclnol,  Hydroquinone, Cualacol, Kaphthols, Aniline, Quinols.
AMC-869U
"EXPOSURE OF DOGFISH SHARK FETI TO MERCURY", Childs, E.  A.,  Gaffke, J. ».,
Crawford, D. L., Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology, Vol. 9,
Ho.  5, M»y 1973, pp 276-280."

         The relationship of maternal mercury load to fetal mercury load was examined
in the Raciflc spiny dogfish shark (Squalus suckleyl).  S.  suckleyi samples  from the
continental shelf adjacent to the North Oregon coast were homogenized and digested in
U  volumes of 1:1 (v/v) concentrated nitric and sulfurlc  acid. After  digestion  3-5 drops
of hydrogen peroxide were added followed by deionized water.  The amount of  mercury was
determined by flaneless atomic absorption speetrophotometry.  Total mineral  content,
and  the protein and lipid content of follicle and maternal  samples were  determined.
The  level of mercury in the fetus was singificantly lower than in the mother.   Jbternal
muscle samples had a mean mercury content of O.66 ppm with  a range of 0.332-0.999 PP"-
There was no apparent relationship between the concentrations of mercury In  the fetus
and  mother.  Regardless of the concentration of mercury  in  the maternal  tissue, no
fetal sample taken from undamaged uteri contained greater than 0.056  ppm mercury,  and
no follicle greater than 0.119 ppm mercury.  These data  clearly  demonstrate  that
mercury Is not concentrated In S. suckleyi fetl in situ. Follicle and fetal stages had
an equal or higher ash content than did the maternal tissue  which indicates  that there
IB no general inhibition of movement of minerals into the fetus.   The data show that
mercury is uniquely absent from the fetal environment, and  suggest that  it may  be
selectively excluded.
INDEX TERMS:  Mercury,  Pollutant identification,  Hater pollution effects. Chemical
      analysis. Marine fish,  Path of pollutants.  Pacific spiny dogfish, Fetus,
      Bioaccumulatiop,  Animal tissues.  	   	
 AMICJ691
 "IH VITFO HYDROLYSIS OF POLYOXYETKYLEHE ESTERS BY TISSUES OF THE AMERICAS EEL
 AND ATLABTIC SALM3K", Wlldiah, D. J., Beatty, D., Bulletin of Environmental
 Contamination and Toxicology, Vol. 9, Ho. U, April 1973, PP 212-217.
          Tissue samples from parr and pos-Usmolts of Atlantic salmon (Salao salar)
 and American eel (Anguilla rostrata) were homogenized, washed, acetone dried, and
 pulverized tot use In deterJ3nTni~thelr ability to hydrolyze polyoxyethylene (POE)
 cetera.  Blood serum was prepared for the tests by centrifugatlon.  Six FOE eesters
 which are commonly used as oil dispersants, were investigated:  PQE(U) nonolaurate,
 PCE(9) monolaurate, POE(1I») monolflurate, PW(lJ*) dllaurate, POE(9) mono-oleate, and
 PCE('f) lauryl ether.  Activity of esterase was determined by continuous tltratlon of
 product acid with HaOH.  Reaction velocity was also determined.  The livers of
Atlantic salmon and American eel were able to hydrolyze POE esters at rates which
depended on POE chain length.   Increased chain length decreased hydrolysis rate.
It IB  concluded that if hydrolysis of these compounds by tissues detoxifies them,
eels should be  less susceptible than salmon since they hydrolyze the compounds more
rapidly 'than salmon.

INPEX  TE»e:  Atlantic salmon,  Toxlclty, Hydrolysis, Oil dlspersants, Polyoxyethylene
       esters, Detoxification, Biological samples, Tissue, American eel.
                 AMIC-8696
                  "DIFFEREHTIAL FESPOHSES OF MAKIME PHyTOPLABKTON TO HERBICHES:  OXYGEN EVOLUTION",
                 Holllstcr, T. A., Walsh, G. E., Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and
                 Toxicology, Vol. 9, Ho. 5, *y 1973, PP 291-295.

                          In order to determine the responses of marine unicellular algae to
                 herbicides, 18 species of such algae were exposed to neburon,  diuron,  atrazlne, and
                 ametryne.  The effects of the herbicides were measured as inhibition of oxygen
                 evolution.  Concentrations of herbicides in the suspending media ranged from zero to
                 those which inhibited oxygen evolution by approximately 25, 50,  and 75 percent.  All
                 data were subjected to statistical analysis.  Atrazlne was the least toxic;  ametryne,
                 neburon, and diuron were approximately equal in toxlcity.   Species  of  the family
                 Bacillarlophyceae were generally the least sensitive,  requiring  as  much as  5.8
                 times more ametryne to reduce oxygen evolution by 50 percent than did  species of the
                 other families.  Wide variations occurred in response  to the toxicants among the
                 Individual species of the families Chlorophyceae,  Bacillariophyceae, and
                 Chrysophyceae.  These data show that when bioassay analyses are  conducted for effects
                 of herbicides on marine unicellular algae,  two factors are particularly  important:
                 (1) the response in relation to familial taxonomic position, and (2) the wide range
                 of responses by individual species within a given family.   It  is necessary, therefore,
                 to use several species from each of several families in algal bioassay studies to
                 obtain realistic data concerning effects of herbicides on  algae.
                 INDEX TEBMS:  Marine algae,  Phytoplankton,  Herbicides,  Water pollution effects,  Urea
                       pesticides, Triazine pesticides,  Bioassay, Oxygen evolution.

-------
                                                                                2.  BIOLOG
 AMIC-8697
 "COMPARISON OF TOE METABOLISM OF PARATHION BY LOBSTERS ADD RATS", Carlson, G. P.,
 Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology, Vol. 9, Ho.  5. Msty
 i973,  PP 896-300.            	'	"•

          Adult male rats and male lobsters were exposed to parathlon In a comparative
 acute  toxicity and metabolic study of this organophosphorus pesticide.  To teat aeute
 lethality to lobsters,  various doses  of parathlon were Injected into the chellped
 sinuses of the lobsters after which the individuals were maintained  In artificial
 aerated seawater at 13  C for W)  hr.   Prepared homogenates of rat livers and lobster
 hepatopancreases were used to study the metabolism of parathlon to p-nitrophenol.
 Mlcrosomal fractions were used to  study the metabolism of parathlon to paraoxon.  An
 approximate LD sub 50 of 0.3 mg/kg was  obtained for the lobsters.  Preliminary
 experiments on the conversion of parathion to paraoxon Indicated that Initial
 Incubation of tissue containing 0.2 to  0.5 mg protein resulted In paraoxon
 concentrations which could be measured  by acetylchollnesterase Inhibition.   In the
 case of lobsters,  no paraoxon formation could be detected even though up to 12.2 mg
microsomal protein were employed.  It was readily apparent that rats metabolize
parathlon  (either directly or after transformation into paraoxon) to p-nitrophenol
several  times faster in vitro than do lobsters.   When the temperature of Incubation
was decreased to 20 C there was a significant decrease in activity In the rats but a
significant Increase In activity In the lobsters.

INDEX TERMS:  Animal metabolism,  Pesticide toxleity,  Bioassay,  Lobsters,  Parathion,
      Rats, Fate of pollutants, Pollutant effects.
  AMIC-8700
  "RESIDUES OF MIREX IN CHANNEL CATFISH AND OTHER AQUATIC ORGANISMS",  Collins,  H.  L.,
  Davis, J. R., Marklns, G. P., Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology,
  Vol. 10, Ho. 2, August 1973, PP ?3-77.	

           The use of mlrex to control fire ants In areas of catfish farming has caused
  concern about the possible accumulation of the pesticide In fish.  To study the  effects
  of mlrex treatment, a pond 3.5 feet deep containing caged and uncaged channel catfish
  (Ictalurus punctatus), minnows (Opaopoeodus emillae), mosqultoflsh (Gambusia  affinis),
  cricket frogs (Acris gryllus), tadpoles,  crayfish (Cambarellus shufeldtll), and"
 dragonfly nymphs and the surrounding area were treated  with mlrex  at a rate of 1.25
 Ibs/acre.   Mortality of fish in cages was assessed,  and residues of  mlrex were
 determined by gas liquid chromatography of composited whole body samples  of each
 species.   Samples were prepared by grinding in a mortar and pestle,  extracting with
 hexane, and concentrating by heating and distillation.   Observation  of fish for  6
 months after the treatment showed no mortality,  deformities,  or ill  effects on caged
 fish.  Uncaged catfish gradually built up residues of mlrex to a maximum  level of 0.65
 ppm after 6 months.  After 16 months, the concentration was Q.bk ppm.  Caged  fish,
 lowever, contained no  detectable residues apparently because the catfish  did  not feed
 directly on  the  pesticide,  but rather accumulated It througi the food chain.  All other
 organisms analyzed contained residues which in most cases vere still detectable  after
 .6  months.   It Is concluded that treatment of  areas of  catfish farming with mlrex poses
no  hazard since  the fish are fed artificial food and therefore will  not feed  on
organisms containing residues.
 NDEX TERMS:   Pesticide residues, Fish farming,  Bioassay, Channel  catfish. Dragonflles,
       Crayfish,  Bioaccumulatlon, Mirex, Cricket frog, Mosquitoflsh,  Tadpoles.
                                                                                           CAL METHODS
                                                                                             AMTC-870U
                                                                                             "OBAL TOXICm OF CHLORIMATED DIBENZOFURANS TO JUVENILE ATLANTIC SALMON", Zitko, V.,
                                                                                             Choi, P. M.  K., Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology. Vol  10
                                                                                             Ho. 2, August 1973,  PP 120-122.             	—	aL

                                                                                                      Dry fish food was spiked with di-, tri-, tetra-, and octachlorodibenzofuran
                                                                                             and fed several times a day to Juvenile Atlantic salmon kept in a fiberglass tank in
                                                                                             running water at 10  C and a 16-h light, 8-h dark photoperiod.  The method of Zitko
                                                                                             (1972) was used to analyze the fish food and the muscle and gut of fish that died
                                                                                             between the  Slst and 135th day of the experiment, and of fish surviving for lUo days.
                                                                                             The median mortality of 120 plus or minus 30 days occurred among the fish fed the spikec
                                                                                             food.  D1-,  tri-,  and tetrachlorodibenzofuran were not detectable in any of the samples
                                                                                             The dead fish contained about 10 times higher concentration of octachlorodlbenzofuran
                                                                                             in the gut and 3 times higher concentration in the muscle than the fish alive after lUo
                                                                                             days.  The observed  levels  of octachlorodlbenzofuran may be only a measure of the
                                                                                             amount of ingested food, not associated with the toxic effects.   The presented data
                                                                                             Indicate that In fish, as well as manuals,  chlorinated dibenzofurans are much more
                                                                                             toxic than PCS.  The results indicate that because of the high toxicity and low
                                                                                             residual levels of chlorinated dibenzofurans,  a more sensitive analytical method is
                                                                                             required.

                                                                                             INDEX TERMS:  Atlantic salmon, Toxicity, Juvenile fish, Cold-water  fish,  Chemical
                                                                                                  analysis, Path of pollutants, Mortality,  Polychlorinated biphenyls,  Foods,  Lethal
                                                                                                  limit,  Bioassay, Dlchlorodlbenzofuran, Trlchlorodlbenzofuran,  Tetrachlorodibenzo-
                                                                                                  furan,  Octachlorodlbenzofuran, Bioaccumulatlon, Salmo salar, Chlorinated
                                                                                                  dibenzofurans,  Animal tissues. Muscle, Intestine, Biological magnification.
                                                                                          AMIC-8705
                                                                                          "THE ACUTE TOXIC m OF A YELLOW PHOSPHORUS CONTAMINATED DIET TO BHOOK TROUT
                                                                                          (SALVELIIIUS FOHTINALIS)". Fletcher, G. L., Bulletin of Environmental Contamination
                                                                                          and  Toxicology. Vol. 1Q. Ho. 2, August 1973, pp 123-128.
                                                                                                  An experiment is described which shows that yellow phosphorus contaminated cod
                                                                                         muscle and liver tissues are lethal when consumed by brook trout.  Yearling brook trout
                                                                                         were divided into four experimental groups,  each of which was  fed a maximum of 18 g of
                                                                                         tissue per day.  Each fish was removed from its tank when dead, and a  hematocrit was
                                                                                         obtained from a caudal blood vessel.  The concentration of yellow phosphorus in the cod
                                                                                         and trout tissues was determined by gas-liquid chromatography.  The yellow phosphorus
                                                                                         concentration of the liver fed the trout was 19^* micrograras/g  and the muscle contained
                                                                                         14—11 micrograms/g.  The LT sub 50 for those  trout fed phossy liver was 600 hr and for
                                                                                         those fed phossy muscle,  1UOO hr.  At death  the hematocrlts of the phossy liver fed
                                                                                         trout were significantly lower and the livers were larger than those of the controls.
                                                                                         Yellow phosphorus was only detectable In the first two  trout to die (216 and 2>tO hours).
                                                                                         The average concentrations (microgram/g)  found were as  follows:  Intestinal contents
                                                                                         0.28, brain 0.33, spleen  0.25,  muscle 0.13,  liver O.OS.  At death,  the hematocrits of
                                                                                         the phossy muscle fed trout were significantly greater  than those of the control trout.
                                                                                         Yellow phosphorus was not detectable (less than 0.002 microgram/gm) In any of the trout
                                                                                         tissues.  The symptoms of PU poisoning were  identical to those observed when this
                                                                                         element is present In water (FLETCHER et al.   1970), namely, external redness,
                                                                                         hemolysis and reduced hematocrlts.   The approximate toxic dosage of P1* ranged from
                                                                                         1.23 - 2.73 mg.
                                                                                         INDEX TERMS:   Toxicity, Lethal  limit, Brook trout, Fish diets,  Bioassay, Yellow
                                                                                               Phosphorus, Pollutant effects.  Ealvelinus fontlnalls. Cod (fish),  Hemolysis,
                                                                                         	Bioaccumulatlon, Hematocrit, Animal tissues.	

-------
                                                                                2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
   TOXICm OF TFM (LAMPRICIDE) TO SIX EARLY LIFE STACffiS OF RAIHBOW TROUT
   (SALHDGAIHDHERI)". Olson, L. E., Marking, L.  L., Journal of the Flaherles Research
   Board of C*nate. Vol. 30, Ho. 8, August 1973,  pp 10U7-1052.	

            The lamprlcide TFM (3-trlfluorauethyl-U.nltrophenal) was tested against the
   following life stages of rainbow trout (Salma  gairdneri):  green eggs,  eyed eggs,  sac
   fry, swim-up fry, fry, and flngerlings In four water hardnesses (12,  W»,  170,  and 32O
   mg/llter as CaC03).  The eyed egg stage was one of the most resistant stages tested,  and
   the sac-fry stage was one of the least resistant.  Increased water hardness decreases
   toxiclty to all stages.  The LC50's range from 0.532 mg/liter to l»0.0 mg/llter
   depending upon life stage, water hardness, and duration of exposure.  The margin of
   safety for coexisting species exposed to TFM ranges from 3.2 to 4.1 In natural waters.
   The margin of safety for early life stages of  rainbow trout and larval lamprey under
   controlled laboratory conditions ranges from U.2 to 12.2.   Therefore, all six  early life
   stages of rainbow trout are safe in minimum lamprlcida.1 concentrations of TFM.

   INDEX TERMS:  Water pollution effects,  Rainbow trout. Growth stages, Pesticide toxicity,
         Fish control agents,  Bioassay,  Fish repellents. Fish  physiology, Plsclcides,
         Phenolic  pesticides,  Halogensted  pesticides, laboratory tests, Lethal limit,
         Fish eggs, Fry,  Juvenile fish.  Hardness  (water), Resistance, Freshwater fish,
         Cold-water fish,  TFM, Lampricides, Salao gairdneri, Pollutant effects, Median
         tolerance limit.
  AMIC-8709
  "TEMPERATURE SELECTION OF ATLANTIC SALMON (SALMO SALAR) AHD BROOK TROUT (SALVELTBUS
  FONTIHALIS) AS INFLUENCED BY VARIOUS CHLORlB5fH5 KEROCARBONS", Peterson,  S.  B.,	
  Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada,  Vol. 30, No. 8, August  1973, pp
  1091-1097.

           Data are presented which describe the effects of several compounds
  structurally related to DDT and of two other chlorinated hydrocarbons  (aldrin and a PCB
  preparation)  on temperature selection icy juvenile Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) in a
 horizontal temperature  gradient.   The effects of p,p'J)DT and p,p'-DDD on  temperature
 selection of underyearling brook  trout (Salvellnus  fontlnalis)  in a vertical  gradient
 are also presented.  The effects  of previous exposure  to p,p'-DDT,  o,p* J)DT, p,p'-DDD,
 p,p'-DDE, and methoxychlor on temperature selection by Juvenile Atlantic salmon In a
 horizontal temperature gradient were  similar.  Exposure to low  concentrations resulted
 in no change or a decrease  In selected temperatures as compared to  control values of
 about 16 C.   Exposure to higher concentrations raised  selected  -temperatures.  The
 concentrations of the substances required to produce a given effect varied as:
 p,p'-DDT greater than or equal to p,p'-DDD greater  than methoxychlor greater than
 o,p'W)DT greater than p,p'-DIE.  Expsoure levels of p,p'-DDA  less than or equal to 8
ppm did not alter temperature selection nor did exposure to Aroelor 125^, a
polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB)  preparation at 2 ppm.  Aldrin  lowered temperature
selection at 0.1-0.15 ppm.  In a vertical gradient, brook trout previously exposed to
p,p* JJDT and p,p'-DDD selected higher temperatures than  controls.

IHDEX TERMS:  Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides. Atlantic salmon, Brook trout,
      Polychlorinated biphenyls, Fish behavior, Bloassay, Juvenile  fish, Water pollution
      effects, Temperature selection,  Isomers, Data Interpretation, Metabolites.
                                                                                       _
 AWC-8710
  "BEHAVIOR OF THE PLANKTONIC COELENTEBATES, SARSIA TUBULQSA,  PHIALIDIUM GREGARIUM,
 AHD PLEUROBRACHTA PILEUS IH SALINITY DISCOUHTIMjm LAYERS", Aral,  M.  N..  Journal
 of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada. Vol. 3O, No. 8, August 1973,  pp Il05-lllO.

          The behavior of Sarsia tubulosa (M. Sars 1835), Phialidium gregarium
 (L. Agassiz 1862), ajd Pleurobraehla pileus (O. F. Muller 1776)  was investigated in
 chambers where salinity discontinuity layers could be established.   Sarsia tubulosa
 and P. pileus aggregated at the layer for salinity discontinuities of
    sent although P. gregarium showed more variable behavior.
    _  	                                    .                    as little as O.I
percent although P. gregarium showed more variable behavior.  This aggregation was
shown to be due to an active response rather than passive flotation In the density
barrier set up when low salinity water is placed  over high salinity water.  Carsla
tubulosa also showed increased fishing activity In any column containing a
discontinuity layer compared with any homogeneous control column.

mDEX TERMS:  Zooplankton,  Marine animals, Animal behavior, Environmental effects,
      Invertebrates,  Salinity,  Swlnmlng,  Fishing, Floating, Sea water, Coelentemtes,
      Ctenophora,  Salinity  discontinuity  layers, Hydrozoans, Sarsia tubulosa,
      Phialidium gregarium,  Pleurobrachia pileus, Macroinvertebrates.
AMK-8711
"EFFECT ON LIME NEUTRALIZED IRON HYDROXIDE SUSPENSIONS ON SURVIVAL,  GROWTH, AND
REPRODUCTION OF THE FATHEAD MINNOW (PIMEfHALES PfOMELAS)",  Smith, E. J., Sykora,
J. L., Shapiro, M. A., Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada. Vol.  30,
No. 8, August 1973» pp Ut7-1153.

         The long-term effect of lime neutralized suspended iron  on  fathead minnow
(Pimephales proroelas) survival, growth,  and reproduction was assessed in a flow-through
environment with a modified proportional dlluter.  Results  of  12 months of testing
reveal lower survival and declining growth of fathead minnows  with an increase In lime
neutralized suspended iron concentration.   Hatchabllity  and growth of fathead minnows
were appreciably reduced in the lowest insoluble Iron concentration tested, 1.5 mg
Fe/llter.   Reduced hatchability was attributed to  the higher percentage of smaller
particles  in low lime neutralized Iron concentrations.  A comparison of data on
survival,  growth,  and hatchability Indicates that  the safe level of suspended iron for
fathead minnows presumably lies between  the control and 1.5 mg Fe/liter.

INDEX TERMS:   Fish reproduction, Animal  growth, Miter pollution effects, Laboratory
      tests,  Freshwater fish, Mortality, Bioassay, Iron, Hardness (water),  Turbidity,
      Conductivity, Line neutralized Iron hydroxide,  Survival,  Fathead minnow,  Iron
      hydroxide, Pimephales promelas, Hatchability.

-------
                                                                                2.
 "VULHERABILITr AMD SUJWIVAL OF TOUJO CCWKBCTICUT RIVER FISH EHTSAIHH) AT A HUCLEAR
 POWER PLAHT", Marcy, B. C.f Jr., Journal of the Plgheriea Research Board of Canada.
 Vol. 30, Ho. 8, August 1973, PP 1195-1203,                                '	"	

           Those mechanlcm ,  Dioeldal, and thermal factors have been  studied Which
 Influence the survival of fish during passage through, th* condenser  and discharge cana.1
 system of the Conneticut Yankee nuclear powerplant.  As  the river passes the plant, a
|proportion of its living nonsereenafele young fish population is entrained at the plant's
' Intake.  Samples were taken  50 a upstream or downstream  of the Intake on b or slack
 tide and the number of larvae and early Juvenile fish per cubic meter of water was
 calculated as well a3 percentage of young living flah entrained.  Survival in the
 discharge canal In relation  to heat was determined, from  plankton u»t collections of
 larvae and early Juvenile fishes at the plant's Intake,  below the outfall weir, and
 along the discharge canal at 1*57, 1200, aid JBOO m.  Othw calculations made were of
 the:  (1) percentages of mortality caused by mechanical damage when all Intake pumps
 were running at capacity with no addition of heat or hypochloritej and (2) percentage
 of mortality due to the Injection of sodium hypochlorlte, while all  Intake pumps were
 running and no heat i»s added.  Moat of the yomift flab of nine species that were
 entrained In the condenser cooling-water system were dead by the time they reached the
 lowr end of the plant's 1^83-km (l.lU mile) long discharge canal.  Sampling during
June and July, when 95 percent of the nonscreenable flah were ebuttdant near the plant's
 Intake, showed that approximately 60 percent of th» mortality in the canal was caused by
wtchanlcal damage and 20 percent was attributed to teat shock and prolonged exposure
to temperatures  elevated above 26 C.  There  ws no measurable mortality due to the
Injection of sodium hypochlorlte Into the  aystam as a bloclde.   The number of
AMZC-8712  (Continued)
                                                                       Card. 2/2
nonscreenable living flah  entrained at the  Intake average^ about k percent (range
1.7-5.6 percent) of  those  passing by the  plant under conditions of unidirectional net
tidal flow.

 JIDSX TERMS:  Freshwater fish, Connecticut River*  Nuclear  power-plants, Entrainment,
      Condensers, Thermal  stress.  Cooling towers.  Mortality,  Intakes, White perch, Carp,
      Cooling water,  Heated water,  EnvironmntaJ.  affects.  Water pollution effects,
      Larvae, Juvenile fish, Survival,  Blocldes, Mechanical damage, Johnny darter,
      American eel, Bluebnck herring, Whit* catfish, 9pottall shiner, African shad.
      Discharge canals.
 AHIC-8713
 "GROWTH TtMPERATLRE REQUIHQ4EHT3 ASD LOWER LETHAL TEMPERATURES POS JUVailLE
 5MALLHOTH BASS (HIcaOPTEKJS rOLOMIHa)". Homing, W. B., II., Pearson, R. E.,
            the FlSheries Heafcarch^Board of Canada. Vol. 30, Ho. 6, August 1973,
 pp                                          	
                  growth rate of Juvenile smallniOuth bass (Hleropterus dftlcnleul),
grown at constant temperatures of 16, Z$, 56, 2$, 32, and 3^' C ," accurreiTatr
approximately 26 C.  Flah held at 35 C demonstrated a negative growth rate.  The
avei-uep 96-hr low tes^era.t.ure TI, sub 50 values (iwdlan tolerance limit) varied from
1.6 to 10.1 C for smallmouth baas acclimated to 15 snd 26 C, respectively.
Intermediate values were obtained for fish accllaated to 18 to 22 C.  An 1 important.
aapat-t of the &tudy WB.S the occ\irrenoe of a aecotxiary fvmgous Infection On the fish
after 96-hr exposure to cold temperatures.  In some cases the Infection
enough to cau.se complete mortality within 7 days,
                                                                         was severe
 INDEX TEIMS:   Juvenile fish, Growth rates, Water tenperature ,  Hea.t resistance,  Cold
       resistance, Animal growth, Lethal limit, Mortality,  Freshwater fish,  Fish diseases,
       Environmental effects, Smallmouth bass, Median tolerance limit,
       requirements, Mlcropterua dolomleul, Growth studies.
 'ABSENCE OF ACUTE EFFBCTS ON TmEESPINE 3TICXLEBACXS (GA3I-EH03TEUS ACULEATU3) ABU
COHO SALMDK ( OUCOR1KMCHUS KtaJTCh) EXPOSED TO RESUSPENDED HARBOR SEblMEOT
   ar*, R. S., DesVolgne, D. M. ."journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada.
Vol. 30, So. 8, August 1973,              -
          Three spine sticklebacks (Gasterosteus aculeatus) and coho seJJBon fry
 Oncorhynchus kJautch) were challenged In static 96-hr bioassays with suspensions of
nedineirt. from theTuwanish Waterway, Seattle, Vfaah,  Ten test fish per 10-gal aquarium
were starved for the duration of the acclimation period (72 hr) add for the 96-hr
 ijqjerlmental periods.  Dose? of up to 5 percent wet weight (38.8 g/llter dry weight
basla) rom useQi  y^ criterion of effect on the fish was loss of equilibrium; aquaria
     checked at 3, 6, 12, 2k, 36, 1*8, 72, and 96 hr.  So observable effect en the fish
of contaminants released from the sediment was elicited, although high levels of those
contaminants, such as volatile solids, COD, organic nitrogen, oil ftnd grease, zinc, and
 •         present.
                                                                                                 TEFWS-.   Bioassay, Water pollution effects, coho salmon,  SOU  contamination, Fish
                                                                                                 behavior. Chemical o*yepn demand,  3inc,  Lead,  Marine  fish, Oil,  Suspended solids,
                                                                                                 Fry, Laboratory teats, Thnsc-spined stickleback,  Suspended sediments, Gasteroateus
                                                                                                 aeuleatus, Volatile solids, Grease, Organic nitrogen, Duwamlsh Waterway,
                                                                                                 Oncorhynchus klsutch.

-------
                                                                                2.
 AMIC-8715                                            "	—~
 H¥OUC-SAC MALFORMATION  IB PACIFIC  SALMON  IS  S21ATIOK 1O SUBSIRATE, TEMPERATURE, AHD
 WATER VELOCITY", flnadl, H., Journal, of  the Flatteries Research Board of Canada. Vol.
 30, iro. 6, Auguat  1973. PP 19*9-12507~~~"

           *sults  are reported for the  studies  of  yolk-sac maifornatlon  In five species
 ftf Pacific saloon  and two aalaon hybrids  to  clarity the possible rolea of substrate,
 water teaiperature, and  water  velocity In  frequency of ocotrrence of the  coalition.
 Chum (Qneorhynchus keta), pink (0.  gorbuacha),  eock*ye  (0, nerka), sot hybrid (pink
 I Jt chlnoolc; salmon  alevlns were susceptible to yolk-»»c  n£Lf5F5at!ion when proviAsd a
 (wooth substrate as In  standard hatchery  Incubators, at 12 C  and a water  velocity of
 100 an/hr.   Chinook (0. tshavytschti) and  coho (0.  klsutch) aifevins wews not susceptible.
 3n aoclteye,  malformations increased with  increase  TjPbtnperature from 8  to 12 and ll» C
 and, at 1U but not at 12 C, with increase in Meter velocity from 25 to k)0 cm/hr.
 teplacenent  of the smooth substrate with  a rough (sra-vftl) substrate usually prevented
 the condition.

 ItiDEX TERMS:  Environmental effects. Chum salnon, Pink  saloon, Socteye saloon, Chinook
       saloon, Coho salmon, Onbryonic growth  stage, Water teqperature, Animal growth,
       Alevins, Pacific salmon, Teratogenicity, Yolk sac, Eiifcryonlc: deveiopmsnt, Water
       velocity, Substrates.
                                                                                            species were found to prefer shallow,  fast-flowing sites  with  large, ness-covered rocks
                                                                                            several seasonal  and interspecific differences  were revealed.  A philopotanid species was
                                                                                            found to occupy a different niche  from tvo  hydropsychld species, chiefly  In terms of
                                                                                            food and feeding, but no oajor ecological differences  could be demonstrated between
                                                                                            the  last-mentioned species-pair.

                                                                                            INDEX TERMS:  Caddlsflles,  Separation  techniques.  Life cycles. Niches, Water temperature,
                                                                                                  Flov rate.  Sorting, Hydropsycbe  sparna, Chemnatopsycfce oxa, Chin&rra aterrlna.
 "TRAH3POHT, DIJTRramON, AND DEGRADATION CS1 CHL(»1SA!PEI> HYDI»CARB2»I RESIDUES IS
 AQUATIC MQD£L SCOSCSFEHS" , Sodergren, A., OIkoa, Vol. 3U, Ho. 1, 1973, pp 30-41.

           Transport, distribution, and degradation of Ciophen A 50 Ca conmercial mixture
 f PCB,  p,p'-2>2>E,  and p,p'-JXXT *ei-e investigsted la laiK>ratory^nodel ecosyatems
 containing a green alga (Chlorella Byrenoidosa) , a. cyprlnid (leucasplna deltneatus) . a
mollusK (Flaoorbla corneujJT^nd fish (Esox luclua, Perca fj.avesgens, Leblstes
ret-loulatusj  in various combinations.  The aodff system consisted of a prlSary pj^vJucer
 Anlt (a continuous- flow culture or chcmostat)  connected to separate conpartoents in
 nhich consumer organisms were  kept.  Effluent  from the chewostat containing known
 oncentratlon of  cells  and test substance was  directed to different conjartmenta. The
     substance vas token up by feeding on align)  cells, toy aQrptlan, or bv a
 f these.  Samples of air,  water, artl organisms in the system were analyzed for residues
 y gas chromatography end GC-mass spectronetry*  (l) The substances tested were mainly
 aken up by Chlorella pyrenoidosa. and only small fractions were recovered in the water
    air Of the systems.  (2) Transport of the t«st substances to the first consumer
jrgonlsma (Leucasplus dellneatua)  was mainly accomplished by the algae.  (3) Molecules
 dtft low chlorine consent in (?lophen A 50 were degraded when transported -through the
 ood chain.  (M So aajor metabolic changes of p,p'-DHE occurred during transport through
    food chain.  (5) The producer  organisms war* not able to degrade p,p'-DDT.  At the
 rimary and secondary consumer levels, p^'-DDT was partly <3echlorin»ted to p,p'.DBE
    p,p'-EDD.

 NDEX TERMS:   DDE, DDT,  HQdtel studies, Chlorpphvta, Blodegradation, Absorption,
      fish, Mollusks, Bloassay, Food  chains, Clophen A 50, Transport, OC-mass
                 f,  Chemostat, Blotransformatlon.	
     spectrometry,
                                                                                                               A»D FEEDDIC OP THE HET-SPIMIIHG CADDISFUBS (TRICHQPTERA)  OF A
                                                                                            CAHAOIAH STREAM", VUllaos, ».. E., Hynes, H. B. «., Oitos, Vol. 2A,  Ho.  1, 1973,
                                                                                            pp 73-81*.                                            	

                                                                                                      Set-spinning ceddlsflies in the Eramosa Hiver, Ontario ware studied to
                                                                                            investigate the effect or environmental factors on the organisms, and to  study their
                                                                                            feeding habits, nets/ ana life cycles.  A Surb*r-type square-foot sandier was used to
                                                                                            collect about ten samples per nonth.  Saoples were preserved with formalin, taken to
                                                                                            the laboratory, washed, drained and placed In a. glass pitcher to whlcn calciiun chloride
                                                                                            and paraffin oil was added.  Upon stun-ing, the insects reoiained In the oil which was
                                                                                            poured off through a fine net.  The three msst coraoon species of caddlsfiles  were
                                                                                            picked from the floated nuterial under a dissecting microscope.   These were Uydropsyche
                                                                                            sparna, gheunatopsyche oxa, and Chimrra aterrima.  Suspended n»tter  was  aeasared in
                                                                                            theTfTeljnMid-gut contents of larvae were filtered and counted.  Rocks  uere collected
                                                                                            six tines and analyzed for hydropsychid sets, net size, and net  ntfsh.   Life cycles were
                                                                                            determined using all the larvae and pupae collected monthly.   The survival  of C.
                                                                                            aterrljaa was studied in the laboratory under varied conditions.   Larvae of     ^
AMIC-8784
 'INVERTEBRATE MOVEMENTS AND SOME DIEL AND SSASOHAL CHASG2S IH A aiESRA NEVADA PEATLAND",
Ernan, D. C., Olkos, Vol. &, No. 1, 1973, PP 85-93.

          The objectives of this study were to measure diel and seasonal changes in
oxygen saturation, water temperature, water level, and aerobic limit 1» a Sierra
 ievada peat land, and. to study Invertebrate migration In response to the diel changes.
Oxygen saturation, determined with an oxygen electrode at 2 cm, varied from a
mid-afternoon oinlnvm (35-W* psrtfentj to a maximum before sunrise (33-96 percent),
especially in July and August.  This finding h»s not been previously reported for
peat lands.  Aerobic limit was determined from redwood stakes that were stained when
oxygen was absent.  Minimum aerobic limit occurred In July (U.8 cm plus or minus 0.43
cm) and maximum (10.8 cm plus or minus 1.U8 cm)  occurred in November,   The seasonal
   ingp in aerobic limit was not related to water levels since tiw  water table was at
   > surface each day.  Organises ware extracted from peat collected at 6-hour intervals
 >y placing cores in funnels Which were flooded vlth water and connected to Erlenweyer
'lasjts.   As the cores vere heated by lights  above  the funnel,  the  organisms moved down
 nto the flask.  Dlpterans (Chironomidae  and Heleldae)  showed no change in vertical
 iistrlbutlon over a 2U-hr period,  but ollgochaetes appeared  to have  a diel migration.
aitgochaete vertical distribution was negatively correlated with surface vater
temperature.

INDEX TESMS:   Dissolved Oxygen,  Diel migration,  DIptera,  Oligochaetes,  Peat,  Bogs,
      Seasonal, Aerobic conditions.  Water levels,  Separation  techniques, Ion  selective
      electrodes.

-------
                                                                                 2.  BIOLOGICAL METflDCE
  AMIC-8788
  "GROWTH AMD TOXICITT  TE3TS OS THE MARINE NAHOPLANKTOHIC AICA PLATTMONAS TETRATHELE
  G.S.  WB3T IN THE PRESEHCE OF CRUDE  OIL ADD EMULSIKIEHS", Monmaerts-Silllet, t.',	
  Environmental Pollution.  Vol. k,  No.  k, June  1973, pp 261-282.
             The nannoplanktonlc flagellate Platymonas tetrathele was used as a test
   organism in determining the  response  of phytoplanHbn to environmental pollution by
   crude oil and industrial non-ionic  enulsifiers.  Pure products and various mixtures
  j were added to fresh media Just before subculturing from a stock culture of Platymonas.
   The concentrations used were 5,  1O, 25, 5O,  1OO, 250 and 500 ppm; there was~no	
  I duplication of cultures.  In a second experiment all tests were made at 100 ppm with
   triplicate cultures.  Cultures poisoned with an emulslfler in an aromatic solvent
   exhibited a very long lag phase.  Diminished growth rates were observed for all the
   products tested most of the  tine at concentrations above 50 ppm.  The mixtures showed
   a toxicity close to that of  the enulslfier component at its concentration in the
   mixture  and lower than that  of the  crude oil alone.  Recovery of Platynonas cells was
   observed at all tested concentrations.  Electron micrography of Piatymonas'cells of
   cultures polluted by emulslfler SC  and by the mixture crude plus emulsifier 3C have
   shown that, compared with controls, the surviving cells did not present any anatomical
   abnormality in the  organelles  or in the membranes.   However, a long-term exposure to
  pollutants In the non-lethal range  could Induce irreversible modifications In the
  morphology or the physiology of the phytoplankton cells, or even induce mutations.   On
  the other  hand, the great variety of synthetic products dumped in the sea. may cause
  more resistant  forms  to be selected.

  ISI1EX TERMS:  Water pollution effects, Phytoplankton,  Plant growth. Plant morphology,
        Phytotoxielty, Crude oil, Platymonas tetrathele. Nonlonic emulsifiers.	
  AMIC-8789
  "INFLUENCE OF MACRO-NUTRIENTS ON THE RELATIVE GROWTH OF WATER PUNTS III THE QU*APPELLE
  LAKES", Jones, G., Culllmore, D. R., Environmental Pollution, Vol.  l», Ho.  k, June
  1973, EP 263-290.                     ~~~

           An extensive survey of the percentage abundance of water  plants  In different
 lakes of tv* Qu'Appelle basin system In Saskatchewan has revealed a possible link between
 the dominant species and the total phosphate level in the water.  Eleven sites in the
    Appelle lakes were sampled for oacrophytes Just as the weed Inflorescences were
 [appearing above the  surface  of the water.   Chemical studies were  made of the water and
 'sediments according  to standard methods.   Five species of plants  were considered to be
        t or codominant In the lakes studied:   Ceratophyllum demersun, Myrlpphyllua
                                                    Ichardso
 exalbescens, Potamogeton pectlnatus, Potamogeton ric
'nil, and P. vaglnatua; the
 predominant plants were, however, P. pectlnatus and  P. richardsonll.  Ceratophyllun sp.
     located only where there was less  than 0.5 ppm total phosphate; Potamoget
 'ichardsonll was frequently dominant in these regimes.   At  higher phosphate
 :oncentratlons,  Potamogeton pectinatus was found to be dominant and Ceratophyllum sp.
  isent.  This study supports the findings of Fitzgerald  (1970)  that the aquatic plants
    dependent on phosphates from the water and that phosphates  'tide up1 in sediments
are not so readily available, even though present  in very high  concentrations.

INDEX TERMS:   Aquatic  plants, Submerged plants. Phosphates, Dominant organisms,
               Ecological  distribution, Mater quality, Environmental effects, Nutrients,
              Plant growth,  Sago pondweed. Aquatic weeds, Water chemistry, Lake sediments,
              Qu'Appelle  Lakes,  Macrophytes, Hornwort, American milfoil,

              _               _                  -                                        —
                                  AfflC-8790
                                  "ABUNDAflCE, DISTRIBUTION ASD OIL BIODEGRADATION POTENTIAL OF MICROORGANISMS  IN
                                  RAFITAN BAY", Atlas, R. M., Bartha, R., Environmental Pollution.  Vol.  U, No.  U,
                                  June 1973, PP 291-30O.

                                           Using an Improved enumeration technique,  the abundance of oil degrading
                                  microorganisms was monitored In Raritan Bay during a one-year period.  The determined
                                  numbers varied from a low of 20/1 to a high of 3"*00/1 of surface  sea water.   The
                                  abundance of oil-degrading microorganisms was positively correlated with existing
                                  patterns of low-level oil pollution and with the water temperature, but was  Independent
                                  of total mlcrotolal counts.  All tested sea water samples contained an  adequate microbla!
                                  population to cause the extensive biodegradatlon of added Sweden  crude oil within
                                  eighteen days.  The number of oil-degrading mlcroorganlsjns in sea water samples  was
                                  found to be a useful and sensitive indicator of low-level oil pollution that  escaped
                                  routine gas chromatographic detection.

                                  INDEX TERMS:  Mlcrobial degradation. Marine microorganisms.  Ecological distribution,
                                        Bloindlcators, Raritan Bay, Substrate utilization,  Crude oil,  Enumeration,  Fate of
                                        pollutants,  Sweden crude oil,  South Louisiana crude oil,  Trace levels,
                                        Mineralization,  Blomonltorlng.
AMIC-8792
"TUBIFICIDS AND WATER QUALITY:  A REVIEW", Aston, R. J., Environmental Pollution.
Vol. 5, Ho. 1, July  1973, pp  1-10.

         In conditions of low dissolved oxygen concentrations prevalent in water
bodies receiving heavy sewage pollution, Llmnodrllus hoffmelsteri and Tubifex tublfex
predominate and other species are eliminated in a rough sequence, dependent on the
level of pollution.  The respiratory physiology of some species is adapted to operate
at very low oxygen concentrations and they are able to survive for long periods in
anaerobic conditions.  The reproductive rate of L. hofflneisterl Is also unaltered by a
decrease in dissolved oxygen  to very low concentrations.  Heavy ions,  such as copper,
are likely to eliminate tublflcids, but the Insecticide BHC may cause  an Increase in
tublficlds while other aquatic invertebrates are eliminated.   Warm condenser effluents
are likely to Increase the abundance of L.  hoffmetaterl and,  in some cases,  provide
suitable conditions for colonization by The exotic tubiflcld,  Branchlura sowerbyl.
An evaluation is made of the possible use of tubificids as indicators  of water quality.

INDEX TERMS:  Tubificids, Water quality, Water pollution,  Bioindicators,  Reviews,
      Organic wastes, Water pollution effects,  Oligochaetes, Annelids, Dissolved  oxygen,
      Oxygen sag,  Invertebrates, Heavy metals,  Aninal physiology.  Insecticides, Thermal
      pollution,  Natural streams, Wood preservatives (pesticides), Fungicides,
      Population density, Enrichment.

-------
                                                                                2.  BIOLOGICAL
   AMK-8795
   "USE OF THE HETEROTROPHIC ACTIVITr TECHHIOJE AS A MEASURE OF EUTROPHICATION'1,
   Albright, L. J.,  Wentworth,  J. V., Envlroimental Pollution. Vol. 5, No. 1. July
   1973, PP 59-72.                    	

            An examination has  been made of the relationship between the heterotrophlc
   activity of the  Indigenous mlcroflora ot several waters and the various parameters used
   to measure eutrophicatlon.   Two-liter water samples collected In sterile flasks fre« the
   Capilano, Chllllwack, Fraser, Serpentine and Bicomekl Rivers In British Columbia were
   analyzed for heterotrophlc activity, the numbers of heterotrophic bacteria., the
   concentrations of partlculate carbon and nitrogen, soluble carbon, BOD, and total
   collfont.  Heterotrophlc  activity determination was based upon the uptake and
   mineralization of C-It-labelled glucose  by the heterotrophlc mlcroflora of the aquatic
   environments.  The data were analyzed by Mlchaells-Menten enzyme kinetics equations.
   The heterotrophlc microbes of the waters studied displayed linear utilization of added
   radioactive glucose as a  function of tine.  Glucose uptake and mineralization rates
   conformed to the kinetic models.  This heterotrophlc activity correlated well with the
   viable heterotrophlc bacterial count,  soluble and particulate carbon,  and nitrogen
   concentrations but not BOD values.  The data suggest that the waters tested my be ranki
   in order of  nutrient enrichment by use of the heterotrophlc activities they display.
  The employment of this technique to analyze river waters for nutrient  content when
  several chemical analyses show little  significant differences is  discussed.

  INDEX TERNS:  Bloindicators,  Aquatic environment, Eutropbicatlon, Blvers, Canada,
        Measurement, Water pollution,  Water quality, Radioactivity  techniques, Laboratory
        tests, Heterotrophy, Heterotrophlc bacteria, Mineralization, Fate of pollutants.
  HnrTOPLAMCTOH OBGAHIZATIOH ID BAIE IBS CHALEURS (GULF OF ST LAWHMCE)", Legendre, L.,
 The Journal  of Ecology. Vol.  61, »o. 1, March 1973, pp 135-1^9.
          Community structure of phytoplankton in Bale des Cbaleurs (Gulf of St Lawrence)
 was investitpted by means of an entirely probabilistic procedure; such an approach gives
 support to the existence of phytoplankton associations, stable over periods ot many
 weeks, that are under the control of such environmental, factors as nutrients and
 temperature.  The procedure used for association identification is explained, and its
 advantages as well as inconveniences are stressed In comparison with more usual
 techniques.  Species diversity  Is analyzed in relation to the upwelling conditions of
 the bay,  and conclusions are made within the general framework of a prediction of
 species diversity from biological activity and environmental stability.   Consideration
 of these  two factors stresses the significance of time scales Involved and suggests
 that species diversity is the modulation along a time axis of species evenness by
 species richness.

IHZ3EX TERMS:  FhytoplAnlcton, Biological communities, Environmental effects, Stability,
      Statistical methods, Fyrrophyta,  Chryeophyta, Chlorophyta, Plant populations,
      Dominant organisms, Ecological distribution,  Gulf of St. Lawrence,  Species
      diversity, Data interpretation, Species diversity Index, Seasonal variation,
      Probabilistic similarity  index.
 MHC-8B53
 "1BE  INFLUENCE OF ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS OH TOE DISTRIBUTION OF FRESHWATER ALOAEt
 AH EXPERIMENTAL STUDY.  II.  THE ROLE OF pH AW) THE CARBOH DIOXIDE-BICARBONATE
 SYSTEM", Moss, B., Journal of Ecology. Vol. 61, Ho. 1, March 1973, PP 157-177.

          Experiments have been conducted to determine the effects of the
 pH-C02-bicarbonate system on the growth of algal species of the Chlorophyta,
 Chryaopbyta, Pyrrophyta, Euglenophyta, Cyanophyta,  and Cryptophyta (Cryptomonads).
 Series of media with different pH values were nade by the addition of dilute HC1 or
 sodium bicarbonate to standard media.  Growth was measured as an  increase in cell or
 coenobluB nunbers over a suitable period of the logarithmic phase.   At least three, and
 sometimes as many as ten, counts were made at suitable intervals  for the plotting of
 logarithmic growth curves.  Carbonate and bicarbonate levels were determined on eamplee
 of media, prepared, autoclaved, and allowed to stand exactly as those used In the
 experiments.  Oligotrophic species of algae would not grow at pH  values  above 8.6-8.85,
 while eutrophic ones grew at pH values above 9,  and at considerably higher bicarbonate
 levels than did the former.  The results are interpreted in terms of the available free
 C02 at various combinations of pH and bicarbonate.   Oligotrophic  species are probably
 confined to free COS as an Inorginic carbon source  for photosynthesis, and may be unable
 to absorb it below certain concentrations (at least 0.011 aU).  Eutrophic species may
 either use bicarbonate directly or may be able to u»e free CQ2 at very lov
 concentrations.   Field observations support the  hypothesis that the availability of free
 C02 prevents growth of Oligotrophic species In hard waters.
 UIDEX TERMS:  Environmental effects, Aquatic algpe,  Ecological distribution.  Laboratory
       tests,  Growth rates, Water properties. Carbon dioxide, Blcarbonates, Hydrogen Ion
       concentration, Ifeta interpretation, EOTA, Algal physiology.
  AMIC-8851*
 "1HE  INFLUENCE OF EHVIROHMSHTAL FACTORS OH THE DISTRIBUTION OF FRESHVATER ALGAE:
 AH EXFERIMSHTAL STUD*.  III. EFFECTS OF TEMreRATURE, VITAMIN REQUIREMENTS AND
 INOBGANIC  NITROGEN COMPOUNDS ON GROWTH", Moss, B., Journal of Ecology, Vol. 61,
 Ho. 1, March 1973, PP 179-192.

         Experiments to determine the growth rate of 15 species of algae  at
 temperatures between U and 36 C were carried out in constant temperature  water botks
 fitted with heater ana refrigeration units.   The experimental flasks were shaken at 1*0
 strokes/ndn on a submerged reciprocating tray.  Size of the  orgmlams was measured as
 cellular organic matter capable of oxidation by hot acid potassium dichronate, using
 exponential phase,  unsynchronlzed cultures grown at or  near  the optimum temperature for
 growth.  Vitamin requirements (vitamin B12,  biotin,  thiamine) were studied In sets of
 variously modified standard media.   The  maximum growth  rates of Oligotrophic species
 tended to be smaller than those of eutrophic species.   Temperature optima  for growth
under the conditions used did not differ between the two groups.  Possible adaptive
advantages of low growth rates in infertile  waters are discussed in relation to
 theoretical generalizations on the  maturity  of ecosystems.  Some members of both groups
required vitamin B12 for growth,  and most species tested could use either nitrate or
ammonium as a nitrogen source.

 INDEX TERMS:  Growth rates, Environmental effects, Nutrient requirements,  Water
      temperature,  Aquatic algie, Laboratory tests, Ecological distribution, Plant
      growth,  Blomass,  Nitrogen, Vitamins, Chlorophyta,  Trophic level, Euglenophyta,
            physiology.

-------
                                                                                2-  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
   AMIC-8855
   "THE IHFUENCE OF EHVIROHMBHTAL FACTORS ID THE DISTRIBUTIOH 0 FKESHUATEH ALGAE:  AH
   EXreRIMeNTAL STOUT.   IV.   GROWTH OF TEST  SPECIES IN NATURAL LAKE WATERS, AMD
   COICLUSIOH", MOBS, B.,  Journal of Ecology. Vol. 61, Mo. 1, March 1973f PP 193-211.

            Growth of two eutrophle species, Pandorina. morujn and Coaaariun botrrtis. and
   of tvo oligotrophlc  species Mlcrasterlas  amerteana and Fleurotaenlum trabecuia, was
   aeasMred In filtered natural lake waters  of varied chemical ccopoaitlon.  Such
   experiments were carried out to test the  following assertions:  (1) The reduction of tb*
   free COS level, brought about by experimental Increase In pH, should decrease growth of
   ollgotrophic species In soft waters.   The reduction of pH in bard waters should permit
   increased growth Of  Oligotrophlc species.  (2) In the presence of adequate phosphate,
   nitrate and other potentially Uniting nutrients, eutrophle species should be able to
   grow in both soft and hard waters.   In all waters but those of a heavily fertilized
   lake,  addition of a  Mixture of potentially Uniting nutrients gave much greater growth
   than that obtained in controls.   The  oligotrophlc species grew better In hard waters if
   the pH was reduced,  and leas veil in  soft waters when the pH was Increased.  The results
   are in accord with predictions nade from  laboratory experiments with defined culture
   media.   Bio-assays,  employing the Indigenous flora as test organisms, were carried out
   for limiting nutrients  in -the waters  used.  In soft waters both nitrogen and phosphorus
   were found to be limiting to algal growth in general, while phosphorus alone appeared
   Halting In two hard-water  lakes.  The  interpretation of bio-assays la discussed.  A
   general smwy  of the conclusions of Jfcrts I-IV is presented as an overall hypothesis.
   INDEX TERMS:  Bioassay. Environmental effects. Aquatic algae. Lakes, Halting factors.
        Ecological distribution. Laboratory tests. Trophic level, Chlorophyta, nutrient
        requienents, Michigan,  Natural  waters.  Algal physiology.
 AMIC-8856
 "THE STANDING CROP AND PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY OF THE PHYTOPLANKTOH OF ABBOT'S POND,
 NORTH SOMERSET", Hlelomn, M., Journal of Ecology. Vol. 61, No. 1, March 1973, PP
 269-387.
          The standing crops and primary productivity of the phytoplankton of ft small,
 eutrophlc body of water. Abbot's Pond, have been studied ewer a 2U-Bonth period.  Mater
 samples collected with a closing water sampler at O.Swa Intervals were kept in subdued
 light for standing crop and primary productivity measurements.  Standing crops were
 determined by cell counts, and by measuring cell volumes, and the chlorophyll a_ content
 of the phytoplankton.  Primary productivity was measured using the C-lU technique.  The
 total alkalinity and pH of each sample were measured so that the total dissolved carbon
 dioxide (mg/l)  in each water sample could be calculated.  In general, both standing
 crops and primary productivity were large, and decreased with increasing depth and
 hence decreasing light Intensity.  However, exceptions to this general trend did occur.
 Results are considered with reference to the species of phytoplankters.  Relationships
 of different measures of standing crop are discussed.  Also, relationships between
 nroductlvity and chlorophyll a content,  and between productivity and light intensity,
were  investigated, as was the photosynthetic index.  The mean yearly primary
productivity of  the phytoplankton was approximately twelve times that of the epipelon
 MI an areal basis.  Th* most important factor limiting productivity appeared to be
light.
      TERMS:  Primary.1-oductlvity^Standi^crops, Biomass, Ph^lankto^^cologic.!

                                                                                           AMIC-88T9
                                                                                            "ELECTROH MICROSCOPE AMD PHYSICAL CHEMICAL CHARACTERIZATION OF C-PHYCOCYANIN FROM
                                                                                           FRESH EXTRACTS OF TOO BLUE-GREEN AIJSAE", Keasel, M., MaeColl, R., Berns, D. S.,
                                                                                           Edwards,  M.  R., Canadlan^JOurnal of Microbiology, Vol. 19, No. 7, July 1973,
                                                                                           pp 831-836.

                                                                                                     The partlculate nuterlal (intact and dissociated phycobllisomes),  adjacent
                                                                                           to the thylakolds of Plectonema boryanum and Calothrix parietiBa, was examined in thin
                                                                                           sections  and in freshly  prepared C-phycocyanin extracts.  For the latter a nethod was
                                                                                           developed using spheroplasts  of log-phase cells.  When examined by sedimentation
                                                                                           velocity  centrifu&ition, the  sedimentation coefficients of the rapidly extracted
                                                                                           C-phycocyanln were  found to he  18 S ani 5 S.  Also, a 10-S boundary was observed with
                                                                                           P. boryanum.   When  C. parietlm was grown under red light the 18-E aggregates Increased
                                                                                           "to £6 5.   The 18 S  particles, in electron micrography of negatively stained preparations;
                                                                                           displayed eight subublts surrounding a central one.  The poslblllty that some aubunlts
                                                                                           fall out  of  the plane of view is contenqslated in proposing a dodecamer arrangement for
                                                                                           such particles.  The 20-S particles were also examined by electron microscopy.  However,
                                                                                           the precise  number  of monomer units associated with either the 18-S or 2O-E particles
                                                                                           has not yet  been ascertained.   Thin sections of Intact algal cells are presented to
                                                                                           demonstrate  the presence of phycobillsomes along the outer faces of the thylakold
                                                                                               iranes.
                                                                                            ITOEX TESMS:  Electron microscopy, Aqiiatlc al^ae, Cytological studies,  Cyanppihyta,
                                                                                                 Plant pl0nents, Fluoresce«:e, C-phycocy*nin, Plectonena boryanun, Calothrlx
                                                                                                 parletina, Physical chemistry, Photosynthetic pigments, Phycobilisomee,  Sample
                                                                                                 preparation, Ultracentrifugation, Fnonniaiuni luridun.
                                                                                            AMIC-8971*
                                                                                             "RESPQBSES OF A MIXED PHYTOPLAHKTQH POPULATION TO NUTRIENT ENRICHMEHTS OF
                                                                                            AMMOKIA AMD PHOSPHATE, AND SOME ASSOCIATED ECOLOGICAL IMPLICATIONS",  vin«r, A. B.,
                                                                                            Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Series B,  Vol. 183, No. 1073, July 3, 1973,
                                                                                            PP 351-370.
                                                                                                     To test the hypothesis that nitrogen and phosphorus were  major elements
                                                                                            limiting phytoplankton growth in Lake George (w.  Ugmda), experiments were carried
                                                                                            out in which aumonia-nltrogen and phosphate-phosphorus vere added  to freshly sampled
                                                                                            mixed populations of phytoplankton.   Natural,  mixed plankton were  cultured In conical
                                                                                            flasks imnereed in a water bath and Illuminated.   Experiments were also conducted in
                                                                                            which culture bottles were suspended in the lake.  Chlorophyll a was determined by
                                                                                            mettuiml extraction, carbon by conversion to C02, and  oxygen by the winkler procedure.
                                                                                            Mltrogen starvation was inferred from the very high uptake rate of ammonia in the light
                                                                                            and also substantial uptake in the dark,  Implying a reserve of photosynthate unwed
                                                                                            for growth purposes.  Phosphate enhanced there responses.  The addition of both amvOBia
                                                                                            and phosphate increased the respiratory rate of the algae, but not the photosynthetle
                                                                                            rate until after a period when growth of the phytoplankton must have occurred.   There
                                                                                            is eome evidence that such growth did not occur until after the second day of
                                                                                            experimentation and the responses before this  time  reflected the demands of the algae
                                                                                            in the lake at the tine of sampling.   Repeated experiments over a period of 6 months
                                                                                            showed similar patterns of response to enrichment although quantitatively they  vere
                                                                                            different.   A  number of ecological implications of  the results are discussed.

                                                                                            INDEX TERMS:  Cultures,  Limiting factors,  Respiration, Photosynthesis, Phytoplankton,
                                                                                                  Absorption,  Enrichment,  Mlcrocystie  aeru&inosa, Chlorophyll a, Nltzschla  fonticola
                                                                                                  Mlcrocystis  flos-aquae.
See also:  Category  1,  AMC-7926, 8691
           Category  3,  AMIC-fl79O.

-------
                                                                           3.
                                                                               irrPHnBTflTfCTf-AT METHQEE
  AMK-76U8
  TTFECTS OF CALCIUM AM) MAGHESIUM IONS ASD HOST VIABILTtt OH GROWTH OF BEELLOVrBRIOE",
  Huang, J. C.-C., Starr, M. P., Antonle van Leeuwenhoek., Vol. 39,  Ho.  1,  1973, PP
  151-167.

           Bdellovibrio spp strains 6-5-S, 10O, 109 and A3.12  multiply In the presence
  of viable but non-proliferating or heat-killed cells of SpirlHim serpens strain VHL
  suspended in buffers supplemented with Ca(2 plus) and or Mg(2 plus;.  Ca(2 plus) and
  Mg(2 plus) independently stimulated the growth of bdellovlbrlos:  additive effects were
  noted.  Multiplication of Bdellovlbrio in the presence  of Ca(2 plus) and Ng(2 plus) was
  associated with the release  into the culture supernatant solution of UV-absorblng
  materials and of aaJ.no sugars.   Tne growth  rate  of Bdellovlbrio strain 6-5-S In
  suspensions of heat-Id lied host cells  was lower  than In living but non-proliferating
  host cells.  All Bdelloiflbrio  spp strains tested required added Ca(2 plus) for grcvth
  in cell suspensions of homologous or heterologous host  bacteria which have been grown
  In minima medium.   Bdellovlbrio sp strain  1O9 (Jerusalem) was capable of growing in
  the presence of the low level  of Ca(2  plus) bound In situ to the cells of its host, E.
  coll B, when the host cells had been cultivated  in a complex medium but not when the
  host cells had been grown in a  Ca(2 plus)-depleted mint an 1 medium.  Addition of
  ethylenedlaminetetraacetlc acid prevented Bdellovlbrio  growth, which was restored by
  addition of Ca(2 plus) and Mg{2 plus).  The cations Ca(2 plus and Mg{2 plus) are
  essential for activity of bacteriolytlc and other enzymes and they night also directly
  affect Bdellovlbrio growth rather than only indirectly by affecting attachment to the
  host cell, maintaining integrity of the host spheroplasts, and increasing the burst
  size.
  IHEEX  TERMS:  Cultures, Calcium,  Magnesium, Growth rates. Hosts, Bdellovlbrlo.
AMIC-8679
 "OH THE  ISOLATION OF VIRUS FROM SEWAGE THEATMEKT PLANT SLUDGES", Lund, E.,  Bonne,  V.,
Water Research, Vol. 7, Ho. 6, June 1973, PP 863-&H.

         Sludges from biological and chemical treatments of urban sewage were
examined for vims.  The virus isolations were made in tube cultures of Hela cells.
Hie cells were grown in a medium consisting of 7 percent calf serum in Hanks' solution
to which 0.5 percent lactalbumin hydrolysate and antibiotics were added. The tubes
contained 2 ml of medium, and the inoculum was 0.1 ml.  Each sample was inoculated in
b  tubes.  Blind passages were carried out twice from each negative culture, each time
after an Incubation period of 7 days at 37 C.  No Isolation was considered  positive
before typing by neutralization was made.  Virus was found bound to particles and was
not eluated at pH 9.0 in the samples from activated sludge treatment.  The  secondary
sludge contained less virus than the primary sludge.  The Isolated virus type were
Coxsackle B strains, ECHO strains and Adenovirus strains.  Treatment with line,  ferric
chloride and aluminum sulfate in experimental scale removed virus from raw  sewage so
that  virus could be demonstrated in the sludge from sewage where virus was  not
demonstrated.  No virus Inactlvatlon in the chemical sludges were observed.

INDEX TERMS:  Viruses, Isolation, Sewage sludge, Sewage treatment. Pollutant
      identification, Methodology, Municipal wastes, Pollutant removal.
 AMIC-8613
 "RELATIONSHIPS OF INDICATOR AM) PAIHOGENIC BACTERIA IN STREAM WATERS",  Smith,  R.  J.,
 Twedt, B. M., Flanigan, L. K., Journal Water Pollution Control Federation,  Vol. *5,
 wo. 8, August 1973, PP 1736-17^5.

          The Saline and Huron Fivers (Michigan) were bacterlologically examined
 from August 1969 through July 1970 to determine whether a stable relationship  exists
 between indicator organisms and Salmonella organisms.  The analysis determined density
 relationships of Salmonella, collform, and streptococcus organisms and Survival of
 Salmonella in natural environments.  Coliforms and fecal streptococci were  determined
 by  membrane filter techniques.  Salmonellae were determined by MPN techniques  using
 dulcitol selenite enrichment and XLD agar.  Survival studies were conducted by
 suspending cellulose dialysis tubing containing organisms In one of the rivers for four
 davsViability was determined dally.  Salmonellae were isolated when the  fecal
 collform concentration was as low as 52/100 ml In the Saline River and U/100 ml in the
Huron  The  fecal conform concentration was greater than 200/100 ml In two-thirds of
the samDles  from the Saline and in one-third of the samples from the Huron  that were
DOSltlve  for salmonellae.   Samples from both rivers exhibited seasonal trends  in  the
distribution of  fecal collform to fecal streptococcus concentrations between UO  and  0.7
and less  than 7.0.   The relationship of Salmonella survival resembled that  of  fecal
conforms.
     jrms.
      TERMS:  Pathogenic bacteria,  Cultures,  Biolndlcators, Salmonella,  Fecal
      conforms, Fecal streptococci,  Survival,  Culture media, Enrichment.
INDEX TEFMS:
AMIC-8680
"Uffi EFFECT OF PRETREATMENTS ON THE VIRUS CONTENTS OF SEWAGE SAMPLES",  Lund, E.,
Water Research, Vol. 7, No. 6, June 1973, PP &73-Q79.

         Experiments were conducted to determine the effect of pretreatments (low
speed centrlfugatlon, decontamination and 2-phase concentration)  of sewage and  sludge
samples on the recovery of virus from such samples.   Five-liter dip samples were
collected from two biological treatment plants and the virus Isolations were made in
tube cultures of HeLa cells.  The cells were kept in a medium consisting of 7 percent
calf, serum in Hanks* solution of which 0.5 percent lactalbumin hydrolysate and
antibiotics were added.  Each sample was Inoculated in k tubes using 0.1 ml inocula.
The adsorption period was kept at 2 h as a compromise because sludge samples could not
safely be allowed longer contact time.  Blind passages were carried out twice frodi each
negative or suspected culture; each time an incubation period of  7  days at 37 C was
employed.  Ho isolation was considered positive before typing by  neutralization was
successfully carried out.  By isolations of virus from sewage and sludge samples, which
had been fractionated by centrlfugatlon at 9000 rev/mln, It was found that virus may be
particle bound and recoverable In the precipitates.   An exception was the secondary
sludge of the activated sludge treatment.   It was thus indicated  that removal of a part
of a sewage or sludge sample before examination may make true quantitative estiimtions
impossible.  Re-examination of samples after storage  at -20 C  for 6 months gave
remarkably poor virus recoveries.

INDEX TERMS:  Viruses, Isolation,  Pollutant identification, Methodology, Activated
      sludge, Sewage sludge, Biological treatment, Centrlfugatlon, Sample preparation.

-------
                                                                            3.  MICROBIOLOSICAI
  AMIC-8681
  "BIODEGRADATION OF NITRILOTRIACETRATE (HTA) BY BACTERIA  - I.   IS01ATIOH OF BACTERIA ABLE
  TO GROW ANAEHDBICALLY WITH HTA AS A SOLE CARBON  SOURCE",  Enfors, S.-O., Molln, N.,
  Water Research. Vol. 7, »o. 6, June 1973, PP  981-888.

           An Investigation was conducted to determine If bacteria exist that are
  capable of degrading NTA in oxygen-depleted environments. Mud sanples taken from the
  bottom of sewage contaminated shallow waters  were  shaken  with  water fron the collection
  site and filtered through paper under vacuum. The filtrate was used to Inoculate the
  culture oedla that were used; a trace element solution containing Zn, Cu, Mn, ami Co was
  also added to these media.   Strains of bacteria  that were able to utilize
  nitrllotrlaeetate under aerobic and anaerobic conditions  were  Isolated fro the sampled
  environment.  One of these strains (HTA-A2) is a faculAtlve anaerobe which grows under
  anaerobic conditions on NTA if nitrate is available  in the medium.  Under aerobic
  conditions this strain can utilize acetate, glucose  and some other sugars as well as
  NTA but not EDTA (ethylenedlamlnotetra-acetate)  or lactose as  the sole carbon source.
  The properties and characteristics of the strain NTAW12 are described.

  IMDEX TERMS:  Mlcrobial degradation,  Hltrilotriacetic acid, Anaerobic coalitions,
        Isolation, Aerobic conditions.  Anaerobic bacteria,  Aquatic bacteria, Blodegrada-
        tion.  Nutrients,  Cultures, Metabolism,  Water pollution. Substrate utilisation,
        fate of  pollutants. Culture media, Enrichment, Characterization, Biochemical
        characteristics, Bacterial physiology.
 AMIC-8689      ~~~
 "LOW.COST FACILITIES FOR THE BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION OF DRHKING WATER SAMPLES"
 Mu», D. D., Water Research. Vol.  7,  No.  8,  August  1973, pp 12U3-12U5.

          The equipment required to provide a snail  laboratory  In up-country areas
 in developing countries with facilities for  five collform examinations (at 37 C) per
 day by the five tube 10 ml MPN method Is  described.  The capital cost (excluding
 installation, buildings etc.) Is approximately 290 dollars and the running cost per
 test approximately 7 cents.

 INDEX TEFM5:  Water analysis. Laboratory  equipment. Conforms, Costs, Cultures,
       Most probable number test.
 AMIC-868S
 "BIQEEGRADATIOH OF NITRILOTRIACETATE (NTA) BY BACTERIA - II.   CULTIVATIOH OF AH
 NTA-DECRADING BACTERIUM IN ANAEROBIC MEDIUM", Enfors, S.-O.,  Molin,  N., Water
 Research. Vol. 7, No. 6, June 1973, PP 889-893.
          A nitrllotrlaeetate (NTA) degrading bacterium which can grow In a  salt
medium with NTA as the sole carbon source has been cultivated aeroblcally and
anaeroblcally In a fermentor.  The organism needs nitrate for anaerobic growth.  The
degradation rate is very low during an adaption phase of Uo-80 h after onset  of
anaerobic conditions,  but after this the degradation rate Increases.   Degradation of
NTA Is  accompanied by  a pH Increase but the cell density Increases lees than  could be
expected  from the amount of KTA consumed.  Traces of nitrite are produced and the
concentration reaches  a peak when the conditions are changed from aerobic to  anaerobic.

INDEX TERMS:  Anaerobic bacteria,  Mlcroblal degradation. Anaerobic conditions, Aerobic
      conditions, "Cultures, nitrates,  Nutrient requirements,  Nitrites,  Substrate
      utilization, Culture media,  Degradation rates,  Selective media.
AMIC-8699
 'OXIDATION OF POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS BY ACHROMOBACTER pCB",  Ahmed,  M.,  Focht, D. D.,
Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and'fexlcology.  Vol.  lo,  No. 2,  August 1973,
pp 70-72.

         Resting cell suspensions of Achronobacter pCB,  which were  grown on PCB,
were used In tests to determine their ability to metabolize S.3-DCB, 2,1*-DCB   3.U-DCB,
3,5-DCB, 3,3'-DCB, 3A2'-TCB,  2,3,2',3'-TCB,  2,5,3',lt'-TCB,  and  2,3,^5,6-PCB.  Rates
of metabolism were determined aanometrlcally.  All compounds  except 2,5,3',U'-TCB were
oxidized by the organisms.  Spectrophotometrlc analysis  of supernatant solutions
revealed no chlorides indicating that the  organism was unable to  dehalogenate the
compounds.

INDEX TERMS:  Oxidation, Polychlorlnated blphenyls, Microblal degradation, Metabolism,
      Achromobacter,  Dechlorinatlon.
                                                                                      "•9

-------
                                                                            3.  MICROBIOLOGICAL METHODS
 AMIC-8882
 "MICROBIOLOGICAL EVALUATIOM OF COLD-HATER SHRIMP (PAHDALUS BOREALIS)". Zapatka, F. A.,
 Bartolomeo, B., Applied Microbiology. Vol. 25, Ho. 6, June 1973, pp 858-861.

          Samples of shrimp (Pandalus boreal!s) were collected from fishing boats
 before unloading and in various stages of processing for determination of most probable
 numbers of E. coli, coll forms, and coagulase-positive staphylococci and aerobic plate
 counts.  Methods of the AOAC were used.  Freshly harvested shrimp collected from
 fishing vessels has an APC geometric Dean of 510/g; E. coll. coliforms, and
 coagulaae-posltive staphyloccoccl were absent.  Subsequent storage and insanitary
 practices during processing Increased the APC and Introduced conforms.  However, the
 low air temperatures (18 to 1»5 F) in the plants and the large volumes of cold water
 (31* F) used during processing inhibited significant bacterial buildup In the finished
 product.

 INDEX TERMS:  Shrimp,  Food processing industry,  E.  coli, MPN, Staphylococcus,
       Pandalus borealls.
AKLC-8883
"MICBOBIAL FORMATION  OF BITBOSAKLNES IN VITRO", Ayanaba, A.,  Alexander, M.,
Applied Microbiology. Vol.  25, No. 6,  June 1973, PP 862-868.

          Several microorganisms  (Aerobacter aerogenes,  Proteus vulgar!s,
Streptococcus epidermllsl.  Bacillus  subtllls, E. coll.  Arthrobacter  sp., Hocardia ap.,
Cryptococcus sp., Pseudomonas sp., AspergLUus niger, Aspergillus oryzae, Mortierella
parvlspora, and ZyaorhynchuB
   _____	iellerl) were Isolated from garden soil, cow manure,
   :* water,  and municipal sewage for use in experiments to demonstrate the biosynthesis
 of nltrosamlnes under conditions where only biological nitrosatlon could occur.   K.
 parvlspora and an unidentified bacterium converted trimethylamlne to dinethylamlne,
 and  the bacterium (but not the fungus) formed dimethylnitrosamine In the presence of
 nitrite.   Dimethylnltros&mine In the presence of nitrite.   DJjnethylnitrosainine also
 appeared  In  cell suspensions of E.  coll and S.  epldermidls and in hyphal mats of
 A. oryzae incubated with dlmethylamine and nitrate.Suspensions of a number of
 microorganisms  produced N-nltrosodlphenylamIn«  from diphenylamlne and diphenylamine
 and  nitrite at  pH  7.5,  and soluble  enzymes catalyzing the  H-nltrosation of diphenylamine
 were obtained from two  of these organisms.   In  the presence of these enzymes, several
dialkylalnes were  converted to the  corresponding N-nltroso compounds.

INDEX TERMS:  Yeasts, Fungi, Bacteria,  Nitrites,  Nitrates,  Cultures, Enzymes,
      Biosynthesis, Nltrosamlnes.
                                                                                            AMIC-888U
                                                                                            "CLINICAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE WITH THE IMPROVED ENIEROTUBE",  Painter,  B.  G.,
                                                                                            Isenberg, H. E., Applied Microbiology, Vol. 25, No. 6,  June 1973,  pp 896-899.

                                                                                                     The improved Enterotube was tested with 586 representatives of  the family
                                                                                            Enterobacteriaceae to study its reliability in differentiating  these bacteria.
                                                                                            Several different media were also used In comparison tests  to Identify the
                                                                                            microorganisms.  The results show that the improved Enterotube  has the ability to
                                                                                            sequester significant reactions which lead to the identification of  the  various
                                                                                            constituents of the family Enterobacteriaceae.  Confirmation of the  differentiation,
                                                                                            especially of salmonellae, shigellae,  arlzonae,  and enteropathogenlc escherichlae,
                                                                                            by serological techniques is also suggested.   The reactions elicited with the improved
                                                                                            Enterotube compare favorably with those obtained with media prepared in  the  laboratory.
                                                                                            The limitations of preparation and standardization,  neglected or Ignored in  laboratories
                                                                                            without adequate facilities,  personnel,  and experience, can be  overcome  with this type
                                                                                            of device.   In this study, the improved Enterotube reacted  more closely  to the findings
                                                                                            reported in the percentage tables of Ewlng than did the conventional method for the
                                                                                            first approximation of the identity of members of the family.

                                                                                            INDEX TERH3:   Separation techniques, Enteric bacteria, Cultures, Methodology,
                                                                                                  Enterotube,  Method validation.
AMIC-8885
 "POTENTIAL PATHOGENS IN THE ENVIRONMENT:  KLEBSIELLA PKEUM3NIAE, A TAXONOMIC AND
ECOLOGICAL ENIGMA", Brown, C., Seidler, R. J., Applied Microbiology. Vol. 25. No.  6,
June 1973, pp 900-904.

         A nitrogen-deficient medium and m-Endo agar were employed in the isolation
of members of the tribe Klebsielleae from surfaces of vegetables and seeds.   With
m-Endo agar at an incubation temperature of 37 C, nearly 50 percent of the vegetables
and seven out of seven seed samples yielded organisms which biochemically and
serologlcally were identified as Klebsiella pneunomiae.   /iable counts were  generally  in
the range of 1000 cells per g of vegetable peel or seed.  Organisms classified as  K.
pneumonlae exhibited seven different IMV1C patterns,  with the minus minus plus plus,
plus plus plus plus, and minus plus plus plus patterns most conunpn.   Ceven of the  eleven
K. pneumonlae serotypes encountered have previously been isolated from human urinary
tract nn<1 other Infections.  Fifty percent of the 1»0  K.  pneumoniae examined  exhibited
positive acetylene-reducing activity,  I.e.,  they possessed the capability for fixing N2.
Vegetables containing K.  pneumoniae may constitute a  potential reservoir  for human
nosocomial genitourinary or other Infections.   (Reprinted from Applied Microbiology,
Vol. 25, No. 6, June 1973i  PP 900-901*.   Copyright 1973 oy the American Society for
Microbiology.  Reprinted by permission of the  copyright  owner.)

INDEX TERMS:  Isolation,  Pathogenic bacteria,  Pollutant  identification, Systematics,
      Klebsiella pneumonlae,  Serotypes,  Selective media,  Biochemical  characteristics,
      Environmental samples.  Biochemical tests.
                                                                                      50

-------
                                                                             3.   MICROBIOLOGICAL METHODS
   AMC-8686
   "GENTAMICIN BLOOD AGAR USED AS A GENERAL-PURPOSE SELECTIVE MEDIUM"  Black  W  A
   Van Buskirk, F., Applied Microbiology. Vol. 25, Ho. 6, June 1973, pp 905^7"  "


            The potential value of a blood agar medium containing a final concentration
   of 5.5 mlcrogmms of gentaadein per ml was assessed In a diagnostic laboratory over an
   0-week period.  Nine hundred sixty-six consecutive clinical specimens submitted to
   laboratory section were plated on routine culture media and then on one-quarter of a
   eentamlcin blood agar (GBA) plate.   In all cases the routine culture media contained
   7.5 percent sheep blood agar plates for aerobic and anaerobic Incubation and a
   MacConkey plate.  The routine plates were read after 1»8 h Incubation and the GBA plates
   after overnight Incubation.  Two hundred twenty-four of the specimens failed to grow on
   either routine culture media or GBA.   The medium gave Increased isolation rates of
   beta-hemolytlc streptococci,  other  streptococci,  Baeteroldes. clostridia,  and yeasts.
   Gentamlcln-resistant gram-negative  bacteria Isolated  only on GBA Included 20  (26
   percent) strains of Bacteroides  and 10 (77 percent) strains  of  Providence.  Gentamlcin
   resistant gram-negative bacteria isolated on both GBA and routine culture media  Included
   three  strains  of KLebslella-Enterobacter.  and six strains of Serratla mareescens.  GBA
   Inhibited the  growth of most  strains of syaphyloeoccl ana Klebsiella^nterobacter.  and
   all strains of Escherlchla  coll and Pseudomonas.          	

   INDEX TERMS:   Isolation, Pathogenic bacteria. Enteric bacteria, Collforms, A«robie
        conditions, Anaerobic conditions, Incubation, Yeasts,
  AMIC-6887
  "EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE OF INCUBATION ON PERFORMANCE OF MEDIA IN THE DETECTION OF
  ENTERIC PATHOGEHS"  Taylor, W. I., Schelhart,  D., Applied Microbiology. Vol.  25, No.
  6,  June 1973, PP 9W-9W*.                        ~^	^^

           The effect of Incubation temperatures on the  efficacies of both plating media
  and transport or enrichment broths was determined by the  analysis of 391 diarrheal
  stools  for salaonellae and shigellae.   Each analysis resulted In 90 observations.  Stool
  specimens were homogenized in saline and used to Inoculate eosln methylene blue (EMB),
 Salmonella-Shlgella (SS),  and xylose Jysine deoxycholate  (XLD) agar plates, Amies and
 Cary-Blair (CBJ transport media,  and gram-negative (GN) enrichment broth.   All media
 were Incubated at 25,  30,  and 35  C  for Sk and U8 h.  In order of efficacy, GN and
 saline were significantly  better  than Amies and CB, which were still better than direct
 streaking for both salmonellae and  shigellae.  Forty-eight hours was a significant
 Improvement over SU h only at 25 C on direct streaking for both pathogens.  In direct
 plating, XLD was better than both SS and EMB for both pathogens.  After broths,  for
 salmonellae, XLD greater than SS greater than EMB,  and for shigellae,  XLD  greater than
 EMB  greater than SS, with all differences significant.   SS agar was significantly
 Improved for detection of shigellae with 48-h broth Inocula versus 2U-h broth inocula.
 Phe  differences thus observed at the various temperatures tested proved to be less
 Important than the media used.  The efficient media, ON broth, saline-stool,  and XLD
 were shown to be affected very little by either temperature or time variance  of  the
magnitude tested.   (Reprinted from Applied Microbiology, Vol. 25, No. 6, June 1973,
pp oJio-9U4.  Copyright 1973 by the American Society for Microbiology.   Reprinted by
 >ermlsslon of  the copyright owner.)

   .              .                                                                     _
 AMIC-88&7 (Continued)
Card 8/2
 INDEX TERMS:  Enteric bacteria,  Pathogenic bacteria, Aerobic bacteria. Isolation,
       Temperature,  Salmonella, Shlgella, Incubation, E. coll, Culture media, Enrichment
       Agars, Broths,  Edvardsiella tarda, Arizona hlnshavll, Provldencia, Staphylococcus
       aureus.
AMIC-8892
"NEGATIVE CHEJCTAXIS OF MARINE BACTERIA TO TOXIC CHEMICALS", Young, L. Y., Mitchell, R.,
Applied Microbiology, Vol. 25, »o. 6,  June 1973, PP 972-975.

         The pattern and extent of negative chemotactic behavior are described fomr
motile marine bacteria.  Sublethal concentrations of toxic organic (O.O01-5 percent,
wt/vol) and Inorganic (0.0001-0.5 percent,  wt/vol)  compounds were used as stimuli.  The
viability of the organisms over the range  of concentrations used was determined by
Incubating a known concentration of cells  In each concentration of chemical for 10 rain.
Numbers were determined by serial dilution In artificial seawater and plating on
seawater-nutrlent agar.  The positive  chemotactic responses were reversed by the addltloi
of the sublethal concentrations of the toxic chemical.  The negative chemotactic effect
was observed with a wide range of toxicants including heavy metals and hydrocarbons.
This phenomenon may be utilized to develop  new approaches for control of marine fouling.

INDEX TERMS:   Marine bacteria.  Organic  compounds, Inorganic compounds,  Heavy metals,
      Toxlclty,  Chemicals,  Viability, Copper sulfate, Chemotaxls,  Heterotrophic
      bacteria,  Pseudcmonads, Hydrocarbons, Chloroform, Ethanol,  Toluene, Organic
      solvents,  Benzene,  Lead nitrate.

-------
                                                                           3.  MICROBIOLOGICAL METHODS
  AMTC-8893
   'IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROTOTHECA SPECIES BY IMMUNOFLUORESENCE", Sudman,  M.  S.,
  Kaplan, W., Applied Microbiology. Vol. 25, »o. 6, June 1973, pp 981-990.

           Studies were carried out to develop fluorescent antibody reagents for the
  Identification of the Prototheca species and for their differentiation from
  morphologically similar fungi of various genera In formalin-fixed tissues.  Antlsera
  against representative Isolates of P. fl^^^nta, P.  morlformis,  P. stagnora, P.
  vlcterhanll, and P. zopfii were produced in rabbits.Antlglobullns,  labeled with
  fluoresceln-isothlocyanate tbat Intensely stained most cells of  the homologous species,
  were selected for use as potential diagnostic reagents.   By  adsorbing the conjugates
  with selected heterologous cross-staining protothecae,  reagents  that  were both sensitive
  and specific were obtained.  Evaluation of the adsorbed conjugates with sections of
  tissue Infected with protothecae,  sections of tissue Infected with morphologically
  similar fungi,  and cultures of protothecae showed that these reagents are useful for the
  rapid and reliable Identification of the Prototheca  species.  (Reprinted  from Applied
  Microbiology, Vol.  25, Bo.  6,  June 1973.  pp 981-990.  Copyright  1973  by the  American
  Society for Microbiology.   Reprinted by permission of the copyright owner.)

  INDEX TORUS:  Pathogenic fungi,  Pollutant Identification, Speclation,  Fluorescent
        antibody  techniques,  Imnunofluorescence,  Prototheca, Chromogenic  reagents,
        Fluorescein isothiocyanate,  Sample preparation.
 AMIC-8891*
 "UTILIZATION OF IRON GALLATE AMD OTHER ORGANIC IBOH COMPLEXES BY BACTERIA FROM
 WATER SUPPLIES", Mac Rae, I. C., Edwards, J. F., Davis, H., Applied Microbiology,
 Vol. 25, Mo. 6, June 1973, PP 991-995.

          The degradation of four soluble organic iron compounds by bacteria isolated
 from surface waters and the precipitation of iron from these complexes by the isolates
 was studied.  All eight Isolates brought about the precipitation of Iron when grown on
 ferric ammonium citrate agar.  Three isolates were able to degrade ferric nalonate, and
 three others degraded ferric malate with Iron precipitation.  Only three Isolates,  two
 strains of Pgeudomonas and one of Moraxella, were able to degrade gallic acid when  this
 was supplied as the sole carbon source.   One strain of Paeudomonas was found to be  active
 in  degrading ferric gallate.   Electron microscopy of cells of this bacterium after  growth
 In  ferric gallate as the sole carbon source yielded results indicating uniform deposition
 of  the  Iron on or In the bacterial cells.   Seven of the isolates could degrade the  iron
 gallate  complex if  supplied with additional carbon in the form of yeast extract.
   printed  from Applied Microbiology,  Vol.  25,  No.  6,  June 1973, pp 991-995.   Copyright
1973 by  the American Society  for Microbiology.   Reprinted by permission of the copyright
owner.)

INDEX TERMS:  Aquatic bacteria,  Mlcrobial degradation. Fate of pollutants.  Substrate
      utilization, Organic  iron  compounds.  Iron gallate,  Orgmometallics,  Ferric
      Ferric milate, Gallic acid, Ferric ammonium citrate.
 AMIC-8897                                               '	
 "RECOVERY OF BACTERIOPHAGE FROM CONTAMINATED CHILLED AND FROZEN SAMPLES OF EDIBLE WEST
 COAST CRABS", DlGirolamo, H., Daley, M., Applied Microbiology.  Vol.  25,  No. 6,  June
 1973, PP 1020-1022.

          Edible West Coast crabs (Cancer magister and C.  antennarlus) were contaminated
 with bacterlophage and then held In a chilled or frozen state.   Two  separate series of
 experiments were carried out whereby the crabs were,  respectively, exposed to 50,000 and
 U6,000 phage plaque-forming units (PFU)  per ml of seawater for  2t h.  The  results of the
 chilling experiments which used contaminated unprocessed and processed boiled crabs
 exhibited a gradual decrease in virus tlter in all samples during the entire test period
 After 120 h, however, 7000 virus PFU/g were still recovered from the unprocessed crabs
 and 1*5 virus PFU/g from processed samples.   The freezing  studies also showed a gradual
 decrease In virus tlter during the  entire experimental period.   After 20 days of
 storage 15,000 virus PFU/g from the frozen  unprocessed crabs and lUo virus PFU/g from
 the processed samples were recovered.  This represents survival  or recovery rates of
 approximately It2 and 55 percent,  respectively.  At the end of the study (30 days),
 12,OOO virus PFU per g were still found to  be present in the unprocessed samples, and
 U5 PFU per g were recovered from the processed  samples.

 IHDEX TERMS:   Bacteriophage, Crabs,  Storage, Temperature, Viruses,  Crustaceans,  Shellfish.
      E. coll.  Freezing, Assay, Pollutant identification, Pollutants, Cancer magister,
      Cancer antennarius,  Recovery,  Survival, Collphage T1*, Escherichla coll B,
      Enterovlruses.
AMIC-fl898
"DIFFERENTIAL COUNTING IN MIXED CULTURES WITH COULTER COUNTERS",  Drake,  J.  F.,
Tsuchlya, H. M., Applied Microbiology. Vol.  26,  No. 1, July 1973,  pp 9-13.

         A critical comparison of Coulter, viable,  and microscope counts for several
mixed cultures of microoremisrns has been made.   This Investigation shows that Coulter
counting can provide reliable extlmates of microblal numbers in mixed cultures.
Precautions and limitations of Coulter counting  in  mixed cultures  are discussed.
(Reprinted from Applied Microbiology. Vol. 26, No.  1,  July  1973, pp 9-13-  Copyright
1973 by the American Society for Microbiology.   Reprinted by permission  of the copyright
owner.)

INDEX TERMS:  Microrganlsms, Microscopy,  Estimating, Reliability,  Size,  Methodology,
      Bacteria,  E.  coll,  Yeasts,  Fungi,  Protozoa, Viability, Mixed cultures, Coulter
      counter, Differential counting,  Lactobacillus easel, Bacillus licheniformls,
      Saccharomyces cerevislae, Dlctyostelium discoldeum, Azotobacter vinelandli,
      Tetrahymena pyriformis, Colpoda, Hemacytometer, Viable count.

-------
                                                                           3.  MICROBIOLOSICAL METHODS
  AMIC-89O1                    "~~
 "BIOMAGNIFICATIOH OF p,p'-DDT AMD METHOKCHLOR BY BACTERIA", Johnson, B. T., Kennedy,
 J. 0., Applied Microbiology. Vol. 26, No. 1, July 1973, pp 66-71.

          Strains of Aerobacter aerogenes and Bacillus subtllls were exposed to 1 ppn
 C-lU-labeled DDT or methoxychlor In distilled water to determine uptake kinetics and
 retention of the pesticides.  The bacteria accumulated p,p'-DDT and methoxychlor directly
 from water.  Uptake of both C-ll»-labeled organochlorlne insecticides was rapid; 80 to  90
i percent of the 2U-h residues were reached with 30 min.  Total cellular residues varied
 linearly with concentrations of DDT and methoxychlor in water ranging from 0.5 to 5.0
 micrograiaa/llter.  The residue magnification factors from water were between l,kOO- to
 b,300-fold, but were Independent of Insecticide concentrations in water.  When tte
 Insecticide-exposed mlcrobial cells were washed with pesticide-free water, DDT rtsidues
 were U5 percent In A.  aerogenes and 3O percent In B.  subtills, whereas the methoxychlor
 level decreased nearly 75 percent In both organisms.   Subsequent washing did not further
 reduce the Insecticide residue.  Autoclave-killed bacteria also rapidly adsorbed DDT and
 methoxychlor from water and, in some Instances,  residues were higher than in the living
 cells.   Molecular polarity and llpid solubility appear to influence the retention of the
 organochlorlne insecticides by bacterial cells.

 INEEX TERMS:   Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides,  Aquatic bacteria, Radioactivity
      techniques.  Soil bacteria,  Pesticide residues, Blomass,  Biological mangiflcatlon,
      p p'  DDT, Methoxychlor,  Bacillus subtllis, Aerobacter aerogenes,  Bloaccumulatlon,
      Chemical recovery.
AMIC-8905
"SURVIVAL OF VIBRIO  PARAHAEMOLYTICUE  IK OYSTER SHELLSTOCK AT TWO DIFFERENT STORAGE
TEMPERATURES", Johnson, W. G., Jr., Salinger, A.  C.,  King,  W.  C.,Applied Microbiology,
Vol.  36,  So.  1, July 1973, PP 122-123.

          The  presence and survival of V.  parahaemolyticua were determined in oyster
shellstock  taken from an inlet, Fishing Bay, of the Chesapeake Bay and transported to
  floating  area in the Chincoteague Bay,  an Inlet of  the Atlantic  Ocean.  Some of the
samples collected at Intervals from Chincoteague  Bay  were examined Immediately while
Others were stored at 35 C and ^ C.   V. parahaemolyticun was Isolated by culturlng
equal volumes  of oyster meats and llquorfrom 12  orginlmm  in  Tryptlcase soy broth.
ifter 2k h  Incubation at 35 C samples from each dilution were  streaked on
thloBulfate-cltrate-blle salt-sucrose agar.  These were  then Incubated at 35 C for
2U h.  Vibrio  parahaemolytlcus was found  to be present,  to  survive storage for at least
I weeks at  4 C,  and  to multiply after being held  for  2 to 3 days at 35 C.

 NDEX TEBMS:   Pathogenic bacteria, Enteric bacteria,  Storage,  Temperature, Marine
      bacteria,  Isolation,  Oysters, Pollutant Identification,  Anaerobic bacteria,
      Shellfish, Survival,  Oyster shellstock. Vibrio  parahaemolytleus,  Culture media,
      Fisher Bay, Chincoteague Bay.
 AMIC-8906
 "SOME OBSERVATIONS OH THE INCORPORATION OF NOVOBIOCIN INTO HEKTOEN ENTERIC AGAR
 FOR IMPROVED SALMONELLA ISOLATION",  Hoben, D. A., Ashton, D. H., Peterson, A. C.,
 Applied Microbiology. Vol. 26,  No. 1,  July 1973, PP  126-127.
          A preliminary study was conducted to determine whether the selectivity of
 Hektoen enteric agar (HEA)  for Salmonella  Isolation could be Improved by the
 incorporation of an appropriate concentration of novobiocin.  Pure cultures of
 salmonellae and related organisms were used.  Broth cultures were surface plated In
 quadruplet at 2 different concentrations.  HEA plates were incubated at 37 C for 18-20 h
 prior to counting.   When novobiocln at 5 or 10 mlcrograms/ml was Incorporated Into HEA,
 the Proteus and Cltrobacter varieties employed in this study were inhibited.  The E.
 coll varieties used presented no problems, because they produced salmon-colored colonies;
 however,  the growth of most strains tested appeared reduced at these concentrations of
 antibiotic.   Ten serotypes  of SalF""n»ll" grew without any apparent inhibitory effects
 when novobiocin was used at 2,  5. 10, and 15 mlcrograms/ml in the HEA.   At 2O
 micrograms of antibiotic per ml of agar, Salmonella grew,  but at a much slower rate and
 without  the  production of the  typlcalblack-centered colonies.  Novoblocln was stable  at
 concentrations up to 20 mlcrograms/ml In HEA.  Agar plates containing novobiocin stored
 for several  weeks at 22 C gave similar Inhibitory results to freshly prepared plates
 with the nonsalmonellae.

 INDEX TERMS:   Isolation,  Salmonella,  Antibiotics (pesticides),  Pollutant identification,
      Inhibition, Bacterlcldes, Selectivity,  Novobiocin, Hektone enteric agar,  Culture
      media, Selective media.
AMIC-8918
"BACTERIAL EXDOTOXIMS IN THE ENVIRONMENT", Dl Luzio,  N.  R.,  Frlendmann, T. J.,
Nature. Vol. 2Wt, No. 5<*10, July 6, 1973,  PP ^9-51.

         studies were conducted to compare the Gram negative endotoxln content of
Hew Orleans water with that of other cities,  as well  as  the  endotoxln distribution in
various beverages and biological fluids.   Tap water was  obtained from various cities
and placed in sterile vials.  The lysate used was E-Toxate;  studies were also carried
out with lysate prepared in the laboratory.   Samples  from cities such as Memphis and
Kalamazoo,  which derive their water from Artesian wells,  were consistently negative.
Galveston was an exception to this group.   Samples from  all  other sources were positive.
To determine the actual concentrations  of  endotoxins,  samples were serially diluted and
duplicate determinations carried out.   Tap water in New  Orleans and Mobile contained
1 microgram/ml endotoxln compared with  10  mlcrograms/ml  in Denver and San Francisco
samples. Surface water samples from the Mississippi River at New Orleans contained 128
micrograms  endotoxln per ml whereas samples from deep  levels (the source of tap water)
contained approximately UOO micrograms/ml.  A sample of water from the Gulf of Mexico
contained UOO mlcrograms/ml endotoxln whereas samples  from bays off the coast of
Louisiana and Alabama contained only 20 micrograms/ml.  Tests carried out on biological
fluids and  beverages showed that chemically pure water,  5 percent dextrose, and sodium
chloride solutions were negative for endotoxln.  Random samples of beer,  cola drinks and
wine were also negative.  One sample of locally  obtained commercial bottled water was
positive, but another brand,  derived from a 2,OOO foot deep Artesian well,  was negative.
In contrast,  Mexico City tap water had  an endotoxln content of 800 mlcrograms/ml.
Cndotoxln was also found in milk sajnples from New Orleans.  The range was 30 to 130
                                                                                       53

-------
                                                                           3.  MICROBIOLOGICAL METHODS
 AMIC-8918 (Continued)
Card 2/2
 micrograjns/ml.  The endotoxln content rose sixteen-fold when milk was maintained at
 room temperature  for 2U h with concomitant bacterial proliferation.  Ho endotoxln
 alteration was  observed when the camples were refrigerated.

 INDEX TERMS:  Ecological distribution, Potable water, Environment, Cities, Municipal
       water, Milk, Natural streams, Saline water. Surface waters, Artesian veils. Sodium
       chloride, Aqueous solutions, Beverages,
 AMIC-8932
 "IDENTIFICATION AND CHARACTERIZATION OF THE MICROFLORA AMD SPOILAGE BACTERIA IN
 FRESHWATER CRAYFISH PROCAMBARUS CLAFKII (GIRARD)",  Cox, N. A.,  Lovell,  R.  T.,
 Journal of Food Science. Vol. 38. »o. **> May/June 1973, PP 679-681.

          Unwashed peeled tail meat of freshwater crayfish (Procambarus  elarkli) was
 collected from processing lines, stored up to 2U days at 0 C and 5 C, and  analyzed for
 spoilage bacteria.  Samples were homogenized in a blender, diluted with a  phosphate
 buffer,  and cultured with Milk-Protein Hydrolysate.  A total of 280 isolated colonies
 were randomly picked and generically Identified. These cultures were Inoculated Into
 sterile  crayfish substrate for evaluation of their  ability to produce spoilage.  Spoilage
 occurred when counts reached 1 billion per gram. Eleven different genera  were  found in
 the  280  Isolates; three genera, Achromobacter,  Alcallgenes, and Pseudomonas  comprised
 approximately 82 percent of the isolates.HTcrococcus, Staphyloeoccus,  and  Alcallgenes
made up  the major protlon of the bacterial flora in fresh tail  meat whereas  Pseudomonas
and  Achromobacter predominated in the spoiled product.   Classification  of  the bacteria
according to  spoilage rate showed Pseudomonas to predominate with Achromobaeter a
distant  second.   These  two bacteria are concluded to be the predominant psychrophilic
spoilage organisms in commerlcal crayfish  tail  meat.

INDEX TERMS:  Cultures, Crayfish,  Food processing Industry, Separation  techniques,
      Pseudomonas, Pollutant identification,  Spoilage,  Achromobacter, Culture media,
      Sample preparation.
AMIC-8931*
"CONDITION OF COLIFORM ORGANISMS INFLUENCING RECOVERY OF SUBCULTURES OF SELECTIVE
MEDIA", Maxcy, R. B., Journal of Milk and Food Technology,  Vol.  36, No. 8, August 1973,
pp UlU-ltl6.

         The purpose of this study was to determine whether stress treatments,  such
as are encountered In food processing, influence subsequent cultures of conforms and to
study the conditions required for the progeny to regain normal resistance to  selective
components of media.  Enterobacter aerogenes and one strain of E.  coll from a culture
collection were subjected to heat, radiation, and sodium chloride  after which they were
grown on plating media.  Colonies were then randomly picked and  grown in nutrient broth
for further comparison of their ability to form colonies on plate  count and violet red
bile affir.  After 6 hr in nutrient broth, average counts on violet red bile agar were
less than half those obtained with plate count agar.  Sensitivity  to the selective
medium was lost by repeated transfer and growth in nutrient broth  or by repeated picking
from the selective medium and subculture of colonies.  Cultures  with moderate sensitivity
to violet red bile agar were obtained from raw sewage through  picking of colonies from
plate count agar.  Attempts to obtain a stable sensitive strain  through selective
enrichment were unsuccessful.  A laboratory strain of E. coll. with extreme sensitivity
to violet red bile agar,  however, was used to determine that tolerance was acquired by
stepwise adaptation to a selective medium.   Occurrence of sensitive coliform  cells In
nature Indicates their potential importance in tests for indicator organisms  of public
health significance.

INDEX TERMS:  E. coll,  Heat resistance, Stress,  Radiation,  Sodium  chloride,
      Blolndicators, Sensitivity, Selective media,  Enrichment.
                AMIC-8935
                "FATTY ACID COMPOSITION OF L-FORMS OF STREPTOCOCCUS FAECALIS CULTURED AT DIFFERENT
                OSMOIALITIES", Montogomerle, J. Z., Kalmanson, G.  M.,  Guze,  L. B.,  Journal of
                Bacteriology, Vol. 115, Ko. 1, July 1973, PP 73-75.
                         The fatty acid composition of the membranes of three different
                penicillin-produced L-forms of Streptococcus faecalls was determined:   (1) a  stable
                (nonreverting) L-form (T53) cultured In brain heart infusion (BHI) with 0.5 M sucrose;
                (2) a stable L-form (T531) cultured in BHI without sucrose;  and  (3) an  unstable L-form
                (T9) cultured in BHI with 0.5 M sucrose and 1,000 U of penicillin per ml.  L-forme were
                obtained by centrlfugation and lysed by washing in 1 nW trls (hydroxymethyl)
                aminomethane-hydrochlorlde buffer.  The parent S. faecalis was also cultured  in BHI and
                BHI containing 0.5 M sucrose, and washed with buffer.  The fatty acid composition of
                L-forms of S. faecalis cultured in BHI without sucrose (370  mosmol) had higher C18:l and
                lower C18 than L-forms cultured in the same media with added 0.5 M sucrose (950 mosmol)
                In both exponential and stationary cultures.  In the stationary  phase of growth, C19 was
                reduced in the L-forms cultured without sucrose.  Similar changes were  seen in the
                parent S. faecalis cultured in the two types of media.  These changes in membrane fatty
                acids may relate to osmo-regulation of the L-forms.

                INDEX TERMS:  Cultures, Pollutant identification, Cytological studies,  Streptococcus
                      faecalls, Fatty acids, Chemical composition, Osmotic pressure, Chemotaxonomy.

-------
                                                                           3.  MICROBIOLOGICAL METHODS
 AMIC-8937
 "MOLECULAR RELATIONSHIPS AMONG THE SALMOHELLEAE", Crosa, J. H.,  Brenner,  D.  J.,
 Ewlng, W. H., et al., Journal of Bacteriology. Vol. 115, No. 1,  July 1973, pp 307-315.

          Polynucleotide sequence relatedness studies were carried out to  determine
 the extent of divergence present In members of the tribe Salmonelleae and between
 salmonellae and other enteric bacteria.   Cultures of bacteria vere maintained meat
 extract or nutrient agar slants.   Brain-heart-infusion broth (Dlfco) was  used for
 routine cultivation of organisms on a dry air rotary shaker at 37 C.  For labeling DNA,
 log-phase cells were suspended in a trie ( hydroxymethyl) amlnomethane-glucose medium
 lacking phosphate salts and containing 0.05 percent brain-heart-infusion  broth.
 Carrier-free H3P-320U (10-15 mCi) was added, and the cultures were incubated at 37 C
 with shaking for 16 to 18 h.  Both labeled and unlabeled deoxyrlbonucleic acid (DNA)werei
 prepared by a modification of the method of Berns and Thomas (1969).  The estimation of
 the genome sizes in test organisms was accomplished essentially  as described by Glllls,
 et al. with some modifications.   Typical Salmonella were 85 to 100 percent related.
 Two groups of biochemically atypical Salmonella showed somewhat  lower binding to typical
 salmonellae and to each other. Arizona  were 70 to 80 percent related to  Salmonelleae.
 Two groups of Arizona were detected.These groups correlated with the presence of
 monophaeic or diphasic flagellar  antigens.   Salmonella and Arizona were no more related
 to Citrobacter than to Escherlehla coll  (1*5-55 percent).   Relatednese of  Salmonella and
 Arizona to other enterobacterla ranged from 20 to Uo percent with klebsiellae and
 ahlgellae,  to 20 to 25 percent with erwlnlae,  and to less than 20 percent with
 edvardsiellae and Proteus  mlrabllls.
 INDEX  TEEMS:   Salmonella,  Enteric bacteria,  Pollutant Identification, Deoxyrlbonueleic
       acid, Genome,  Chemotaxonomy.
 AMIC-0953
 'TACTORS WHICH INFLUENCE TIE ENUMERATION OF BDELLOVIBRIO BACTERICVORUS  IN SEWAGE AMD
 RIVER WATER",  Staples,  D.  G.,  Fry,  J.  C., Journal of Applied Bacteriology, Vol. 36,
 No.  1, March 1973,  PP 1-11.

          A  double layer plating technique was used for counting Bdellovlbrlo
 bacterlovorus  In river  water and sewage samples.   The  optimum conditions  for enumeration
were provided  by dilute media  with  0.6 percent of agar as the top layer,  incubated for
6 days at 30 degrees with  Achromobaeter sp.  as the host.  Pretreatment  of samples
affected counts:  centrlfugatlon and membrane filtration reduced  the bdellovlbrlo count,
homogenlzatlon Increased It.   Protozoa In sewage  samples caused large plaques that
greatly  hindered counting  and  attempts to eliminate these plaques vere  unsuccessful.
The  highest  counts  in sewage samples averaged 900 cells/ml.

INDEX TERMS:  Sewage, Rivers,  Methodology, Pollutant Identification, Hosts, Pollutants,
      Enumeration, Pretreatment,  Sample preparation, Bdellovlbrlo baeterlovorus, Double
      layer plating technique. Culture media.
AMIC-8955
 "THE DETECTION OF CLOSTR1DIUM WELCHII IN THE DIFFERENTIAL REINFORCED CLOSTRIDIAL
MEDIUM TECHNIQUE", Gibbs, P. A., Journal of Applied Bacteriology. Vol. 36, No. 1,
March 1973, PP 23-33.
         The present studies were made to investigate the sensitivity of the DRCM
(Differential Reinforced Clostridial Medium) techniques for isolating Clostridium
welchll and to determine whether the method could be made more sensitive without
increasing unduly the length of time necessary to obtain a result.  Swab samples were
taken of working surfaces and equipment and carcass samples from poultry processing
plants.  Water samples from one plant were taken from spinchillers and from a giblet
washer.  All DRCM cultures confirmed positive were streaked on lactose-egg yolk-milk
(LEYM) medium for identification.  Cultures of known strains of Cl. welch11 and Cl.
blfermentans were grown separately at 37 degrees in cooked meat broth.  Microscopic
counts and a total viable count using the pour plate technique with a tryptone-yeast
extract (TYE) agar were made.  Mixtures of the two bacteria were cultured using DRCM,
Incubated at 37 degrees for Ufl h and scored positive or negative.  All positives in
the 'presumptive total1 DRCM count, in the completed 'total' count, and in the spore
count were streaked on LEYM for Identification.   Although the DRCM method can detect
low numbers of clostridla,  the detection of Cl.  walchii  requires that all positive DRCM
cultures In the 'presumptive total1 count be examined before heat treatment for the
presence of this species, and the LEYM agar medium affords a simple method for doing
this.  Data obtained on sampling 3 sites on each of 30 carcasses from the 3 processing
plants showed that the vent and neck sites of carcasses  from each plant had a markedly
higher rate of contamination with clostridia than the breast, both In the 'total* count
and In the spore count.
AMIC-8955 (Continued)
Card 2/2
INDEX TERMS:  Isolation,  Pollutant identification, Methodology, Poultry, Differential
      reinforced Clostridial medium, Clostrldium welchii, Poultry processing plants,
      Culture media,  Clostrldium bifermentans.
                                                                                       55

-------
                                                                             3.  MICROBIOLOGICAL METHODS
  AMIC-8957
   "THE HOLE OF MICRO-ORGANISMS  IN WASTE TIP-LAGOON SYSTEMS PURIFYING CCKE-CVEH EFFLUENTS",
  Stafford,  D. A.f Callely, A.  G., Journal of Applied Bacteriology. Vol. 36, Ho. 1,
  March 1973, PP 77-87.            	  	*•

            The population of aerobic bacteria present In the waters of a tip-lagoon
  system being used to purify a coke-oven effluent has been Investigated.  Though
  organisms capable of degrading phenol were detected, the total bacterial population
  was low, mainly due to a deficiency of orthophosphate and lack of aeration.   Phenols
  can be removed from coke-oven effluents by allowing them to percolate through columns of
  material  from colliery waste  tlnpa.  Bacteria need not be present for this to occur
  tuougi the presence of bacteria capable of degrading phenol were detected In toe
  liquid coming from such columns.   Only traces of thiocyanate are removed. If a
  biological filter can be developed, as on columns packed with gravel,  better removal of
  phenols and thiocyanate occurs,  but it is doubtful if bacteria play any significant role
  In the purification of coke-oven waste liquors percolating through large tips of
  colliery waste.

  IHDEX TERMS:  Aerobic bacteria, Mlcrobial degradation, Lagoons,  Liquid wastes.
        Coke oven effluents,  Colliery waste tips, OrthophoBphates, Substrate utilization,
        Fate of pollutants. Tip liquors.
 AMC-8959
  "A COMPARISON OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF  INTESTINAL BACTERIA III BRITISH AMD EAST
 AFRICAB WATER SOURCES", Evison,  L. M., James, A., Journal of Applied Bacteriology.
 Vol. 36,  Ho.  1,  March 1973, PP 109-118.

           Various workers have  suggested that there are narked regional variations
 in the distribution of intestinal bacteria used as Indicators of pollution in water
 supplies.  This  paper presents the results of Investigations into the distribution of
 •one Intestinal  Indicators (collforms, Escherichia coll. faecal streptococci and
 anaerobic lactobacllli) in water  sources in the United Kingdom and In Kenya.  The
 surveys showed that the differences in distribution were not significant except for some
 conforms (Cltrobacter and IQebalella spp.), but that survival subsequent to excretion
 was affected by ambient temperature.

 IHDEX TERMS:  Enteric bacteria. Pathogenic bacteria,  Ecological distribution,  Water
       pollution,  Bloindicatorfi, Pollutant Identification, Sewage effluents,  Soils,
       Kenya, England,  Culture media, Serotypes.
See also:Category 1, AMIC-8699
           Category 2, AMIC-8681, 8680.
     AMIC-8962
     "A MEDIUM FOR COUHTIBG AQUATIC HETEROTROPHIC BACTERIA IN POLLUTED AND UWPOLLUTED
     WATERS",  Staples, D. 0., Fry, J. C., Journal of Applied Bacteriology. Vol.  36,  Ho.  1,
     March 1973, PP  179-l8l.

              Casein-peptone-starch (CPE) medium was compared with 8 other media for
     counting  heterotrophic bacteria in polluted and unpolluted surface waters.   Samples
     were taken in sterile glass bottles, shaken SO times, diluted with sterile  river water,
     end appropriate dilutions were plated In triplicate by the spread plate technique.
     The plates were incubated at 20 degrees for 10 days; colonies were counted  on plates
     showing 30-300 colonies/plate.  The results confirm that for clean and polluted rivers
     CPS is more suitable for counting freshwater bacteria than are the recommended  media,
     Including that of the American Public Health Association (1965).

     INDEX TERMS:  Aquatic bacteria,  Pollutant Identification,  Sewage  effluents, Water
           pollution, Natural streams,  Counting,  Heterotrophic  bacteria, Casein peptone
           starch medium, Culture media.
     AMIC-8973
     "DEGRADATION OF CHLORINATED HYDROCARBONS BY CLOSTRIPIUM Sh1.   ISOLATED FKOM LIMOABE-
     AMEflDED,  FLOODED SOIL", Sethunathan, N., Yoshlda,  T.,  Plant  and Soil, Vol. 38, No.  3,
     June 1973, PP 6W-666.

              A Clostrldlum sp., Isolated from flooded  soil amended with  llndane  (gsmna-BHC),
     decomposed methoxychlor, gimna.BHC and heptachlor  in that  order under anaerobic
     condition.  During the bacterial degradation of ring-labelled C-lU-gamma-BHC, there was
     a net loss of radioactivity from the reaction mixture.   Release of C1UO2 during the
     degradation of C-lU-gamaa-BHC was negligible.  Methane was not detected as an end
     product of gpmm-BHC breakdown.

     INDEX TERMS:  Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides,  Clostridium,  Soil bacteria, Mlcrobial
          degradation, Soil contamination, Lindane,  Flooded soil.
56

-------
                                                                       4.  METHODS AMD PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
 AHIC-8552
 "A SYSTEMATIC APPROACH TO THE ANALYSIS OF MEANS.  PAST I.  ANALYSIS OF TREATMENT
 EFFECTS", Schilling, E. G., Journal of Quality Technology, Vol. 5, No. 3, July
 1973, PP 93-108.

          The analysis of means Is a method for the graphical analysis of the means
 resulting from a designed experiment.  The basic procedure, which vas developed by
 Dr. E. B. Ott of Rutgers University,  has been extended.   This part of the series
 provides an algorithm to simplify application of analysis of means, extends the
 analysis from the present crossed-flxed effects designs  to other forms such as
 balanced incomplete blocks, and discusses the role of random factors.   Several
 representative examples are included.

 INDEX TERMS:  Statistical models,  Data interpretation, Analysis of means,  Treatment
       effects.
AMIC-8553
 "SOME ASPECTS OF NOMORTHOGONAL DAW ANALYSIS.   PART II.   COMPARISON OF HEABS"
R. D.,  Journal of Quality Technology,  Vol.  5, Ho.  3, July 1973,  pp 109-119.
Snee,
          Since the effects of factors and their Interactions cannot be evaluated by
the usual analysis of variance technique when there are unequal replicates or missing
data, alternative  methods  are required.   The use of multiple regression in the analysis
of this type of data  and analysis  of covarlance problems is  discussed.  Suggested
procedures are  Illustrated.

INDEX TERMS:  Regression analysis. Analysis  of  covarlance, Missing  data. Comparison of
           AMIC-855U
           "SKIP-LOT SAMPLING PLABS", Perry, R.  L.,  Journal of Quality Technology Vol.
           No. 3, July 1973, PP 123-13O.
                                                                            5,
                    This article presents a system of skip-lot sampling plans for lot-inspection
           where provision is made for skipping Inspection of some of the lots when the quality of
           the submitted product is good.  The operating characteristic properties are presented,
           as well as the plan's Average Sample Number (ASK),  its  response-to-change
           characteristics,  and a measure of the Average Outgoing  Quality Limit (AOQL) in terms of
           'noneonfonnlng' lots.

           INDEX TERMS:  Quality control, Inspection,  Skip-lot sailing. Acceptance sampling,
                 Average sample number.
AMIC-8931
"ESTTMATIHC A CORRELATION COEFFICIENT WHEN ONE VARIABLE  IS NOT DIRECTLY OBSERVED",
Mayer, L. S., Journal of the American Statistical Association, Vol. 68, No. 3l*2,
June 1973, PP
                    A simple method Is presented for estimating the correlation between two
           blvariate normal, variables when one variable is directly observed and a monotonic
           transform of the other variable Is observed.  The concept of best monotone regression
           is defined and a monotone correlation coefficient is introduced.  It is shown that
           this coefficient is a  consistent estimator of the true correlation between the two
           blvariate normal random  variables.  An application is presented.

           INDEX TERMS:   Correlation analysis, Correlation coefficients, Monotonic transforms.
                                                                                      57

-------
                                                                              5.   INSTRUMENT DEVELOPMENT
 AWC-8591
 'DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEMS IN WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT", Ward, R. C., Colorado State
 University, Fort Collins, Colorado, Report Ho. BPA-R5-73-011*, May 1973, 259 pp.

             The role of routine water quality surveillance in a water quality
 management program was investigated.  This included a delineation of the objectives a
 state water quality program based upon the state and federal lavs.  Seven specific
 objectives are listed under the two general objectives of prevention and abatement.
i These seven specific objectives are planning, research, aid programs, technical
' assistance, regulation, enforcement, and data collection, processing, and dissemination,
 The information requirements of the objectives were delineated in general terms.  Each
 objective was broken down into the general activities required for its accomplishment
 aad the data needed for each activity was Identified.  A survey of the current
 state-of-the-art of grab sampling, automatic monitoring, and remote sensing was
 performed.  Each data acquisition technique was analyzed as to its capabilities,
 reliability, and cost.  With the above information, a design procedure was developed
 for designing a state water quality surveillance program which is responsive to the
 objectives of the agency.  The design procedure has two major aspects:  (1}
 determination of the state agency's strategy with respect to its attack on water
 pollution, and (2) characterization of the streams in the state so that rational
 decisions with respect to sampling location and frequency can be made.  The optimum
 grab sampling network was designed and then the possibilities of substituting automatic
 monitoring and remote sensing and various points in the surveillance system were
 explored.  The design procedure was applied to the State of Colorado and a water
 quality monitoring system was developed for the Water Pollution Control Division
                   AHIC-8735
                   "ALTERNATING CURREHT POLAROGRAPHY IN THE HARMONIC MULTIPLEX MODE.   OBSERVATIONS ON
                  I THE USE OF DIGITAL SIGNAL COHDITIOHLNC WITH THE FAST FOURIER TRANSFORM ALGORITHM",
                  ] Glover, D. E., Smith, D. E., Analytical Chemistry, Vol. Uj, Ho.  11,  September 1973,
                   pp 1869-1877.

                               Digital signal conditioning based on the Fast Fourier  Transformation (FFT)
                   Is applied to ac polarography in the harmonic multiplex mode. The FFT is  used In two
                   capacities.  First, it Is applied to the discrete, digital representation  of the cell
                   current time domain waveform, which is obtained by analog-to-digltal conversion.
                   Through this operation, the digital FFT provides the means for separation  and
                   quantitative characterization of the direct current, fundamental harmonic  alternating
                   current, and second harmonic alternating current pol*rographic responses.   Second,
                   polarograms resulting from measurement of the response as a function of the dc potential
                   are smoothed by a FFT smoothing technique.  Results show that the  foregoing digital
                   signal conditioning scheme provides at least comparable measurement fidelity,  together
                   with superior efficency and convenience, compared with a previously-described procedure
                   which relies more heavily on analog signal conditioning.  (Reprinted from  Analytical
                   Chemistry. Vol. 1*5, No. 11, September 1973, PP 1869-1877.  Copyright 1973  by the
                   American Chemical Society.  Reprinted by permission of the copyright owner.)

                   INDEX TERMS:  Fourier analysis, Instrumentation, Data processing,  Polarographlc analysis,
                         Efficiencies, Methodology, Data collections, Measurement,  Cadmium, Zeta potential,
                         Automatic control, Algorithms, AC polarography, Fast Fourier transformation,
                         Digital signal conditioning, Data acquisition, Harmonic multiplex mode,  Analog  to
                         digital converters, Chromic cyanide, Minicomputers.
 AMIC-6591 (Continued)
Card 2/2
 of the Colorado Department of Health.  Financial aad manpower constraints were
 considered in the design.

 INDEX TERMS:  Research and development, Automatic control. Water quality control.
       Water management (applied), Qn-site data collections, Monitoring, Data transmis-
       sion, Reviews, Remote sensing, Water sampling. Pollution abatement, Water
       pollution control. Legal aspects, Administration, Water policy, Information
       retrieval. Network design, Cost analysis, Geochemistry, Geophysics, Pollutant
       identification, Water properties, Data acquisition, Characterization.
                                                                                       18"
                                                                                                                                                                       M.,
AMIC -871*7
"POLAROGRAPHIC STUDY OF CALOMEL ELECTRODE ID ANHYDROUS FORMIC ACID",  Arnac,
Verboom, G., Analytical Chemistry. Vol. 1*5, No. 11, September 1973, PP W^

            The formic acid analog of the saturated calomel electrode has been studied
by polarography since the equivalent reference is commonly used in glacial acetic acid.
Direct current polarograms of the mercury system were obtained for anhydrous formic
acid solutions containing variable amounts of chloride.  The working  cell was equipped
with a condenser unit, cooled by circulating ice water.  Controlled current  oxidation
(1O mA) of a mercury coulometrlc electrode of large area Introduced mercurous ions in
the solution.  The drop time of the capillary electrode was In the range  of  
-------
                                                                             5.  INSTRUMENT DEVELOPMENT
 AMC-8751*
 "SPINNING DROPPING MERCURY ELECTRODE - A PRACTICAL ANALYTICAL TOOL", Mortko, H. J.,
 Cover, H. E., Analytical Chemistry, Vol. l»5, Mo. 11, September 1973, PP 1983-196U.

             A •pinning dropping mercury electrode (SDMS) has been developed for
 continuous analysis of stirred or flowing systems.  The SOME overcomes the difficult/
 of the vibration dropping Bercury electrode (VDME); namely, mechanical complexity and
 the need for high mercury pressure.  The SEME uses straight barometer-tubing
 capillaries of commercial size which are pointed downward and usable In snail diameter
 streams.  The capillary is rotated in a ball-bearing housing around its own axis at
 0-7000 rp*.  The rotating mercury reservoir is attached to the capillary with Tygon
 tubing.  The results obtained with the SOME were similar to those with the VOW, and
 their polarograms were essentially identical.  Optimal analytical response was obtained
 at the highest agitation rate.  Limiting currents for Cd in KN03, the effect of
 rotation on maxima and limiting currents, and the effect of drop time on adsorption
 inhibition are discussed.

 INDEX TERNS:  Monitoring, Aqueous solutions, Pslarographlc analysis, Laboratory equipment
       Continuous flow, Spinning dropping mercury •l*etrode.
AMIC-8779
"REMOTE SENSING OF OIL SLICKS"
1973* PP 70-76.
Axelsson, S., Ohlsson, £.,  AMBIO. Vol.  2,  No.  3,
             The frequent marine oil spills point out the need for effective methods of
oil slick detection and surveillance.   The most efficient means for localizing a spill
and measuring its extent is the use of airborne remote sensing systems.   In this report
the fundamental relation between the remote sensing signal  and oil slick
characteristics is investigated.  The  discussion is based upon results from a study for
the Swedish Board for Technical Development. Due to differences between the material
properties of oil and water, an oil slick Is detectable in  most wavelength bands.  The
capability of mapping thin oil slicks  varies with the wavelength used.   The amount of
cloud cover also has a great Influence on the contrast and  the optimum wavelength
band for mapping.  A significant relation also  exists between the contrast and the
thickness  of the oil film in scne parts of the  spectrum, particularly in the green
band, theimal infrared (IR) and the microwave region.  The  multlband signature is also
related to the oil type.   The  main interpretation problem is  that the oil signature is
also Influenced by environmental parameters like amount of  cloud cover,  sea state, wind
speed, water quality, and attenuation  and scattering of the atmosphere.   The accuracy
ofthe Interpretation Is  highly Improved  if information about these parameters is
available.  Particularly  the thickness mapping  can be performed more efficiently if it
£  possible tTcalibrate  the interpretation model by thickness values from a few points
of  S£ slick   Tne quality of  the extracted data abort the  oil slick is  also enhanced
if  formation ^different  wavelength  ba*.  1. ec^ned    If microwave sensor, are
included,  the system can  also  operate  during all weather conditions.

IKDEX TERMS:  Oil spills, Remote sensing, Psllutart identification. Data interpretation.
                                                          AfflC-8780
                                                          "MONITORING OF DUMPING BY MEANS OF SATELLITE  REMOTE  SENSING", Wezeraak, C. T., Thomson,
                                                          F. J., AMBIO.  Vol.  2,  Mo. 3,  1973, PP 8^-86.

                                                                      Data from  the Earth Resources  Technology Satellite  (ERTS) have been analyzed
                                                          to evaluate the feasibility of monitoring  waste disposal in the oceans.  A
                                                          multlspectral aircraft mission was also  included  to  corroborate the results obtained
                                                          from the ERTS data. ERTS data were obtained  at four spectral bands fron 0.5 to 1.1
                                                          micrometers and clearly show that sewage sludge,  acid waste, suspended solids, and
                                                          major water mass boundaries are observable.   The  relative depths and dimensions of the
                                                          waste and dispersal patterns can be determined from  the data.  It is concluded that
                                                          satellite remote sensing of large scale  events such  as ocean dumping la a potential
                                                          monitoring technique.

                                                          INDEX TERMS:  Remote sensing.  Monitoring,  Oceans, Waste disposal, Suspended solids,
                                                                Sewage sludge. Acidic water,  ERTS, Data interpretation, Multlspectral scanner.
AKIC-8826
"AN AMMONIUM ION-SPECIFIC ELECTRODE",  Montalvo,  J.  G.,  Jr., Analytlca Chlalca Acta,
Vol. 6U, No. 1, June 1973, PP 189-197.

            The complete lack of response of a gas-permeable membrane catlonic
electrode to potassium and sodium ion (at Pepreseatatlve clinical levels) and the
response to ammonium ion are illustrated by noting  the  response when the electrode is
dipped into various solutions.  An ammonium lea-specific electrode was prepared by
coupling a hydrophoblc ammonia-permeable mtnbrane to a  Eeckman monovalent cation
electrode.  At physiological pH values the ratio of snmonla to ammonium ion is only
O.O1, yet the gas-transport mechanism is still operable; an electrode designed on this
principle was able to detect amnonlum ion produced  via  the urea-urease reaction.  The
electrode can be operated in an air stream or in an aqueous medium.  The electrode can
also be used in an ultra-sensitive mode by pH stripping of ammonia from the test
solution.

INDEX TERMS:  Ions, Aqueous solutions, Air environment, Penaselective membranes.
      Fabrication, Selectivity, Pollutant Identification, Testing procedures, Ion
      selective electrodes, Ammonium,  Ammonium electrodes, Sensors.
                                                                                       59

-------
 AMC-8830
 "ELECTROCHEMICAL STUDY OF A HETEROGENEOUS COPPER(II )-SELECTIVE ELECTRODE; STUDY OF
 SELECTIVITY AHD POTENTIAL STABILITY", Pick, J., Toth, K., Pungor, E., Analytics
 Chlmica Acta. Vol. 65, Bo. 1, June 1973, pp                                	
                                                                              5.   INSTRUMENT DEVELOPMENT
             The life lime of the copper(IIJ-seLectlve membrane electrode was studied
 for three conditions:   (1) In the first period of pretreatment la a reducing medium;
 (2) In prolonged use; and (3) on soaking the electrode in 1 M copper(II) sulfate.  The
I results shoved that the electrode responds to Cu(II) without pretreatment, but
j pretreating In reducing medium such as ascorbic acid Is necessary to obtain
! reproducible results.  Electrode response decayed only after 3 month*.  Soaking In
 copper sulfate reduced lifetime to 3 weeks, but the effect was reversible by
 treatment In a reducing aedlun.  Selectivity tests were conducted vlth solutions
 containing Fb, Cd, Zn, Co, Hi, Mn, Ag, Hg, and Bl Ions.  The first six Ions did not
 adversely affect electrode response; however, metal cations such as Ag, Hg, and Bl
 which form less soluble sulflde precipitates than copper sulflde Interfered with the
 electrode function.

 INDEX TERMS:  Copper, Aqueous solutions. Ion selective electrodes. Membrane electrodes.
       Life tine. Selectivity, Potential stability* Chemical Interference.
 AKEC-88U3
 "POLYMER MEMBRANE ELECTRODES.  PART I.  A CHOLLNE ESTER-SELECTIVE ELECTRODE ",
 Baum, G., Lynn, M., Ward, F. B., Analytlca Chlmica Acta, Vol. 65, Ho. 2, July
 1973, PP 385-391.

             An electroactlve polyvlnylchlorlde membrane can be prepared which has a
 Mernstian response towards «-iv>Hn» and choline esters.  The membrane is prepared
 from a solution of acetylcholine tetra-p-chloropheny Iterate in a phthalate ester
 which serves as the plastic Izer for PVC.   The membrane electrode can be used for the
 kinetic assay of acetylcholine esterase activity.  A rate equation is derived which
 describes  the response  of the electrode towards slnultoneous substrate disappearance
 and  product  formation during the enzyme-catalyzed hydrolysis of acetylcholine.  The
 performance  of the polymer membrane electrode Is markedly superior to the
 liquid-membrane electrode.  The polymer membrane electrode has a very short recovery
 time between assays (1-3 mln) and the  start-up after an overnight storage Is only
about 10 mln.   The results obtained with the  polymer membrane electrode exhibit
significantly less scatter than the results obtained with the liquid-membrane
electrodes.

IKDEX TERMS:   Fabrication, Pemselectlve membranes.  Hydrolysis,  Biochemistry,  Chemical
      reactions, Electrochemistry,  Selectivity,  Cations,  Ion selective electrodes,
      Polymer membrane electrodes,  Choline ester electrodes, Enzyme activity,  Performance
      evaluation.  Sensors, Acetychollnesterase,  Acetychollne, Polyvlnyl chloride
      membranes, Liquid membrane electrodes,  Cbpline,  Acetyl-beta-methylchollne,
      Butyry Ichollne .
AMIC-88W*
"POLYMER MEMBRANE ELECTRODES.  PART II.  A POTASSIUM ION-SELECTIVE MEMBRANE ELECTRODE",
Baum, G., Lynn, M., Analytlca Chlmica Acta, Vol. 65, No. 2, July 1973, PP 393-'«O3.

            An ion-selective plastlcized polymer membrane electrode of the Ion-exchange
type is described for  potassium.  The chemical nature of the plastlclzer has a
dominant influence on  the  selectivity of the electrode towards unlvalent cations.  The
selectivity ratio was  examined over an extended time Interval as a function of membrane
thickness and plastlclzer  content.  A simplified procedure for the determination of the
selectivity ratio of the electrode In mixed electrolyte solutions is proposed and
compared with several  of the methods which have been described In the literature.

INDEX TERMS:  Semipermeable membranes. Permeability, Fabrication, Selectivity, Polymer
      membrane electrodes, Potassium electrodes, Plasticlzers,  chemical composition,
      Phthalate esters.
AMIC-88l*5
 'A STUDY OF LIQUID-MEMBRANE PERCHLORATE-SELECTIVE ELECTRODES MADE FROM AN ORGANIC
RADICAL ION SALT", Sharp, M., Analytlca Chlmlea Acta, Vol. 65, Ito. 2, July 1973,
pp *05-1H6.

            Liquid-membrane electrodes were prepared from solutions of
N-ethyl-benzothlazole-2,2l-azaviolene perchlorate In 1,2-dichlorobezene and In
beta-beta prime dlchlorodlethyl ether, and their response and selectivity
characteristics were examined.  Perchlorate response ranges of the order 1-10 to  the
minus 6.5 power M and 1-1O to the minus 5.6 power M were shown to be attainable with
the two systems, respectively.  These values represent significant Improvements over
the range 1-10 to the minus U.8 power M found for the solid state electrode made  from
the same radical Ion salt.  Short response times and acceptably stable potentials -were
observed for both liquid-membrane sensors.  Both showed high apparent selectlvltles
for perchlorate over an the ten anions tested (I, BFU,  OH,  M03,  C13,  SOU,  Br,  F,
CH3C02 Cl).  Iodide and tetrafluoroborate were the most serious interferences In  each
case.  The low Interference shown by hydrogen and hydroxide ions  indicated  that
perchlorate determinations may be performed within the pH range 1-12 with both
electrodes.

INDEX TERMS:  Aqueous solutions, Water analysis,  Anions, Selectivity,  Perchlorates,
      Liquid membrane electrodes, Perchlorate electrodes,  Ion selective electrodes,
      Detection limits. Response time. Chemical interference.


-------
                                                                              5.  INSTRUMENT DEVELOPMENT
"THE USE OF MINI COMPUTERS IN THE WATER INDUSTRY", Thurley, B. L., Water  and Water
Engineering, Vol.  77, No. 927,  May  1973, PP 165.169.
 AMIC-88«t6
 "ANION SELECTIVITY STUDIES ON LIQUID MEMBRANE ELECTRODES", Reinsfelder, R. E.,
 Sehultz, F. A., Analytics Chlmlca Acta, Vol. 65, Mo. 2, July 1973, PP ^25-^35.

             Selectivity coefficients of liquid-membrane electrodes for ccraaon inorganic
 anions were measured in electrodes containing tris(l,10-phenanthrollne)lron(Il),
 tris(4,7-diphenyl-l,10-phenanthroline)lron(ll) or tetraheptylaBBwnlun ion in
 nitrobenzene, and tris(U^7.diphenyl-l,10-phenanthroline)iron(II) ion in nitrobenzene,
 chloroform or n-amyl alcohol aa the liquid membrane.  With the exception of the amyl
 alcohol electrode, selectivity coefficients were relatively Independent of membrane
 composition and followed a common sequence of decreasing selectivity:  PF6(mlnus)
 greater than 0104(minus) greater than SCN(mlnus) equivalent to I(minus) equivalent to
 BFU(minus) greater than M03(nlnus) greater than Br(minus) greater than Cl(minus).
 This sequence parallels the order of increasing anlon hydration energy, suggesting
 that aqueous phase solvatlon energies play a predominant role  In determining electrode
 selectivity for these ions.   Time-dependent behavior of liquid-membrane electrodes on
 transfer between solutions containing different ions also is described.  Instantaneous
 e.m.f.  readings were  used to determine selectivity coefficients.

 INDEX TERMS:   Anions,  Selectivity,  Permseleetlve membranes,  Liquid membrane electrodes.
      Ion selective electrodes,  Trisfl lO-phenanthroline)lron,  Tris(lt 7-diphenyl-l
      10-phenanthroline)iron, Potentionetry, Selectivity coefficients.
            The author describes two minicomputers which  are used in the  water
Industry, toe DEC PDF/8 and the  MIMIC, with brief cconenta on  Interfaces, peripherals,
displays, and types of applications  used and anticipated.  Four  separate  installations
using minicomputers in different modes are  also described.

INDEX TERMS:  Control systems, Automatic control, Minicomputers.
AMIC-8965
"SAMPLING FOR WASTE WATER ANALYZERS.   PART I:  A  SYSTEMATIC APPROACH", Sugar, J. W.,
Brumbaker, J. H.,  Instrumentation Technology, Vol. 20, No. 6, June 1973, PP 27-32.

             A systematic  approach to  the  design of a sampling conditioning system has
been suggested  for improving the  reliability of such a system.  Poor Instrument
reliability  is  caused primarily by the fouling of the sampling system or malfunction
of the analyzer components that are continuously  exposed to the polluted samples.
Assuming that the  correct analyzer has been chosen for a given application, the authors
point out that  there  are  8 aspects of sampling that require in-depth consideration if a
functional support package for the Instrument is  to be assembled.  These 8 areas are:
measurement  objective,  sample point,  sample probe, pumping system, transfer lines,
sample conditioning,  analyzer interface (stream selection), and analyzers.

INDEX TERMS:  Water sampling, Instrumentation, Methodology, Waste water (pollution),
       Planning,  Waste water analyzers, Sampling equipment.
AKIC-9002
"AH ASSESSMENT OF AUTOMATIC SEWER FLOW SAMPLERS", Shelley, P. E.,  Klrkpatrick,
G. A., Hydrospace-Challenger, Incorporated, Rockville, Maryland, Report No.
EPA-R2-73-261, Contract Ho. 68-03-0155, June 1973, 2M PP.

            A brief review of the characteristics of storm and combined sewer flows
is given followed by a general discussion of the purposes for and requirements  of a
sampling program.  The desirable characteristics of automatic sampling equipment
are set forth and problem areas are outlined.  A compendium of over 60 models of
  unercially available and custom designed automatic samplers is given with
descriptions and characterizations of each unit presented along with an evaluation of
ito suitability for a storm and/or combined sever application.  A  review of field
experience with automatic sampling equipment is given covering problems encountered and
lessons learned.  A technical assessment of the state-of-the-art in automatic sampler
technology Is presented, and design guides for development of a new,  Improved automatic
sampler for use in storm and combined sewers are given.

INDEX TERMS:  Storm drains, Combined sewers, Assessments, Reviews,  Overflow, Water
      sampling. Automatic water samplers, Performance evaluation.
See also:  Category 1, AMIC-8591,  8779.
                                                                                        61

-------